15
OR OF ACCOING C Note: is eiew, wle itt for the inning student, will re lle with a second reading n the coletion of ts k. ODUI A business begins with an investment of cash anor other personal assets. Then additional assets such as land, building, equipment, and supplies are acquired. Expenses such as salaries, advertising, and taxes are Accounting is the process of tracking these financial activities and summarizing them for interested parties (owners, managers, creditors, potential investors, etc.). The process (accounting cycle) begins with the collec- either paid or liabilities such as accounts payable, notes payable, and taxes payable incurred. Finally, revenue is generated as cash or a promise of payment (accounts receivable). tion of financial data and ends with reports conceing financial activity (Income Statement) and financial position (Balance Sheet). COG SAIONS The accounting cycle begins with Joual Entries. These are a chronological record of financial activity stored in a book of original entry called the General Joual. A storage area (data file) called an account is created for each type of Asset, Liability, Equity, Revenue, and Expense the company would like to track. Accounts are stored in a book called the General Ledger. Posting is the process of copying data om the General Joual to each General Ledger account. For example, changes to Cash which are spread throughout the General Joual, are summarized in the General Ledger Cash account allowing r a cash balance to be calculated. This is done for all accounts. Finally, a check (Trial balance) of the dollar balances of al l accounts in the General Ledger is made to assure accounts are in balance. STG IES Adjusting Entries are required at the end of the cycle because some expenses have been estimated (taxes), others are more efficiently recorded at the end of the cycle (depreciation), and others require special analysis (supplies used). Non-expense adjustments are also possible (Uneaed Revenue). All adjustments are made in the General Joual, transposed to the appropriate ledger account, and a check (Adjusted Trial Balance) is made to assure accounts are still in balance. WOS STAS A preliminary inal calculation of the financial position of a company is accomplished with the preparation of a worksheet. Revenues and expenses are compared, with their difference representing income (Profit or Loss). Assets are compared with liabilities and equity to assure everything is in balance. Once the worksheet balances are proven, a al Income Statement and Balance Sheet are prepared. COG ACCOG E Completing the accounting cycle requires lowering expense and revenue accounts to zero so the next cycle's income may be properly calculated. A final check (Post-Closing Trial Balance) is made to assure accounts are in balance. Reversing entries, which simpli the adjusting process, and correcting entries, which are made whenever errors are deteined, complete the accounting cycle. ACCOG EQUATION Two concepts must be explained before we proceed to the first step of the accounting process, recording transactions. First, it will be necessa to understand the relationship between Assets, Liabilities, and Owner's Equity as demonstrated by the accounting equation. Secondly, the system of debits and credits, designed t o change the variables of the accounting equation, must be understood. Please to Quick's first leaing unit, The Accounting Equation.

OVERVIEW OF THE ACCOUNI'ING CYCLE Cycle from Quick Notes.pdfAccounting is the process of tracking these financial activities and summarizing them for interested parties (owners, managers,

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    5

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: OVERVIEW OF THE ACCOUNI'ING CYCLE Cycle from Quick Notes.pdfAccounting is the process of tracking these financial activities and summarizing them for interested parties (owners, managers,

OVERVIEW OF THE ACCOUNIING CYCLE

Note This Overview while written for the beginning student will be more valuable with a second reading upon the completion of this book

INTRODUCTION

A business begins with an investment of cash andor other personal assets Then additional assets such as land building equipment and supplies are acquired Expenses such as salaries advertising and taxes are

Accounting is the process of tracking these financial activities and summarizing them for interested parties (owners managers creditors potential investors etc) The process (accounting cycle) begins with the collec-

either paid or liabilities such as accounts payable notes payable and taxes payable incurred Finally revenue is generated as cash or a promise of payment (accounts receivable)

tion of financial data and ends with reports concerning financial activity (Income Statement) and financial position (Balance Sheet)

RECORDING TRANSACTIONS

The accounting cycle begins with Journal Entries These are a chronological record of financial activity stored in a book of original entry called the General Journal A storage area ( data file) called an account is created for each type of Asset Liability Equity Revenue and Expense the company would like to track Accounts are stored in a book called the General Ledger Posting is the process of copying data from

the General Journal to each General Ledger account For example changes to Cash which are spread throughout the General Journal are summarized in the General Ledger Cash account allowing for a cash balance to be calculated This is done for all accounts Finally a check (Trial balance) of the dollar balances of all accounts in the General Ledger is made to assure accounts are in balance

ADJUSTING ENTRIES

Adjusting Entries are required at the end of the cycle because some expenses have been estimated (taxes) others are more efficiently recorded at the end of the cycle ( depreciation) and others require special analysis (supplies used) Non-expense adjustments are also

possible (Unearned Revenue) All adjustments are made in the General Journal transposed to the appropriate ledger account and a check (Adjusted Trial Balance) is made to assure accounts are still in balance

WORKSHEET AND STATEMENTS

A preliminary informal calculation of the financial position of a company is accomplished with the preparation of a worksheet Revenues and expenses are compared with their difference representing income

(Profit or Loss) Assets are compared with liabilities and equity to assure everything is in balance Once the worksheet balances are proven a formal Income Statement and Balance Sheet are prepared

COMPLETING THE ACCOUNTING CYCLE

Completing the accounting cycle requires lowering expense and revenue accounts to zero so the next cycles income may be properly calculated A final check (Post-Closing Trial Balance) is made to assure

accounts are in balance Reversing entries which simplify the adjusting process and correcting entries which are made whenever errors are determined complete the accounting cycle

THE ACCOUNTING EQUATION

Two concepts must be explained before we proceed to the first step of the accounting process recording transactions First it will be necessary to understand the relationship between Assets Liabilities and Owners Equity as demonstrated by the accounting equation

Secondly the system of debits and credits designed to change the variables of the accounting equation must be understood Please turn to Quicks first learning unit The Accounting Equation

Owner
Sticky Note
Marked set by Owner
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes Books has your copies of accounting economics math and statistics
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have free academic and 13career materials for students teachers and professional

UNIT 1ASSETS

THE ACCOUNTING EQUATIONLIABILITIES = OWNERSEQUITYI

ITEMS OF VALUE WHAT IS OWED NET WORTH

II DEFINITIONSACCOUNT- a storagearea for financialinformation DEBIT- left side of an account

T ACCOUNT- a simplifiedaccount CREDIT- right side of an accountIII BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS

ASSETS are items of value CAPITAL is the Owners Equity account forsole proprietorships and partnerships

LIABILITIES are amounts owed COMMON STOCK is the primary account fortracking the invested equity of a corporation

OWNERS EQUITY is the net worth of a business RETAINED EARNINGS is the account used to storeincome earned but not distributed by a corporation

IV DEBITS AND CREDITSPlease relate the definitions in Part III to the schematic below Note theaccounting equation has been rewritten to better explain debits and credits

ASSETS = LIABILITIESDR

I

CR DRI

CR+ - - +

The DOUBLE ENTRY system of debits and creditsfacilitates the increasing and decreasing of the amountsstored in the Balance Sheet Accounts The aboveschematic summarizes part of the system After

+ OWNERS EQUITYDR

I

CR- +

rewriting the accounting equation it should be noted thatAssets are on the opposite side of the equation fromLiabilities and Owners Equity and are therefore treatedin an opposite manner by the system

NOTE The following example will show only the current transaction information in each T account

v ANALYZINGTRANSACTIONS- SAMPLE PROBLEMAssets = Liabilities + Owner IS Equity

1 Darin Jones a sophomore at State University started theQuick Clean Laundry Service with a $100 cash investment

Cash Capital Darin Jones100 I I 100

2 On Sept 1 paid $50 for 5 ncnths of ads in the school newspaper ~id Advertising

50 ICash

I 50

3 On Sept 1 purchased Laundry Supplies for $25 cashLaundzy Sqpplies25 I

CashI 25

4 On Sept 1 purchased $48 of Laundry Equipment paying $8 downLaundIy Eqlipment Accounts Payable

48 I I 40Cash

I 8

5 Darin made an additional investment of $50Cash Capital Darin Jones

50 I I 50

6 Paid one-fourth the CllroUIltowed on the Laundry EquipmentCash Accounts Payable

I 10 10 I

2

Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes Books has your free copies of accounting economics math and statistics
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Typewritten Text
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors13can help you learn
Owner
Line
Owner
Line

VI TEMPORARY OWNERS EQUITY STORAGE ACCOUNTS

WITHDRAWALS is a storage account used to record periodic decreasesin Owners Equity by sole proprietors and partners

EXPENSES represent a decrease in Owners Equitycaused by a decrease in Assets (usually Cash) or anincrease in Liabilities (Salaries Payable AccountsPayable etc) resulting from normal business activityExamples include Salaries Advertising and Interest

REVENUE represents an increase in Owners Equitycaused by an increase in Assets (usually Cash orAccounts Receivable) resulting from normal businessactivity Examples include Sales Interest Income andRent Revenue

VII DEBITS AND CREDITS

Please relate the definitions in Part VI to the expanded schematic below

ASSETSDR

I

CR+ -

= LIABILITIES

DR I C~

Expense Revenue and Withdrawals are temporarystorage accounts used to track changes in OwnersEquity and their positive or normal balance is consistentwith the eventual change to be made in Owners EquityThat is expenses and withdrawals are debits becausethey will eventually lower Owners Equity and

Revenue is a credit because it will eventually increaseOwners Equity Revenue Expense and Withdrawalsmay also be thought of as changes in Assets andorLiabilities which cause Owners Equity to change Thelogic of this system will become more apparent as youbecome more familiar with Part One of Quick Notes

Assets Liabilities

ANALYZING TRANSACTIONS - SAMPLE PROBLEM+ OWners Equity

VIII=

7 Darin withdrew $20 for personal usecash

I 20

Withdrawals Darin Jones

20 I

8 Cash collected for Laundry services performed during the monthamounted to $140 $10 was also due for services rendered

~140 I

AccountsReceivable

10 I

Laundrv Revenue

I 150

9 Paid $75 for the use of washers and dryers for SeptemberCash WasherDrver Exoense

I 75 75 I

10 Received $5 on accountCash

5 I

Accounts Receivable

I 5

11 On Sept 26 two students paid $10 for next weeks Laundry ServiceCash Unearned Laundrv Revenue

20 I I 20

12 Paid monthly phone bill of $10Cash

I 10

3

TeleDhone Exoense

10 I

+ OWNERS EOUITYDR

I

CR+

WITHDRAWALS

RI

CR-

EXPENSES REVENUE

RI

CR

DR ICR- - +

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Books has useful 13materials covering many business 13subjects
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library has learning materials classified by user type
Owner
Text Box
Business Book Mall has material13 to enhance your career

UNIT 2ASSETSDR

CR+ -

I JOURNALENTRIESIn the preceding learning unit transactions were recorded in T accounts because students find it easier to analyze trans-actions with T accounts This learning unit makes the transition from T accounts to Journal Entries the first step ofthe accounting process

ANALYZING TRANSACIIONSAssets Liabilities Owner IS Equity+

1 Darin Jones a sophomore at State University started theQuick Clean Laundry Service with a $100 cash investment

Cash Capital Darin Jones100 I I 100

2 On Sept 1 paid $50Pr~id Advertising50 I

~I

for 5 months of ads in the school newspaper

50

3 On Sept 1 purchased Laundry Supplies for $25 cashLaundry S~plies25 I

CashI 25

4 On Sept 1 purchased $48 of Laundry Equipment paying $8

Laundry Eqlipment Accounts Payable48 I I 40

CashI 8

5 Darin made an additional~

I

down

50

investment of $50

Capital Darin Jones[ 50

6 Paid one-fourth the amount owed on the Laundry EquipmentCash Accounts Payable

I 10 10 I

7 Darinwithdrew$20 for personaluseCash WithdrawalsDarin Jones

I 20 20 I

8 Cash collected for Laundry Services performed during the monthamounted to $140 $10 was also due for services rendered

140~

I

Laundry RevenueI 150

AccountsReceivable

10 I

9 Paid $75 for the use of washers and dryers for SeptemberCash WasherDJyer~e

I 75 75 I

10 Received $5 on accountCash

5 I

Accounts ReceivableI 5

11 On Sept 26 two students paid $10 for next week Is Laundry ServiceCash UnearnedLaundryRevenue

20 I I 20

12 Paid monthly phone bill of $10Cash

I 10Telephone~se10 I

8

JOURNALIZING TRANSACTIONSDR CR

Account Debited XXXAccount Credited XXX

CashCapitalDarin Jones

100100

Prepaid AdvertisingCash

5050

CashAccounts Receivable

Laundry Revenue

14010

150

WasherDryer ExpenseCash

7575

CashAccountsReceivable

55

RECORDING TRANSACTIONS= LIABILITIES + OWNERSEOUITY

DR I DR

I

CR- +

WITHDRAWAT R

DR I CR

EXPENSES REVENUE+ -

DR I CR DR I CR+ - - +

LaundrySupplies 25Cash 25

LaundryEquipment 48Cash 8Accounts Payable 40

Cash 50CapitalDarin Jones 50

Accounts Payable 10Cash 10

WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20Cash 20

Cash 20UnearnedLaundry

Revenue 20

Telephone Expense 10Cash 10

Owner
Text Box
Google Free Quick Notes Books for your 13copies of Quick Notes Accounting Economics Statistics and Excel Statistics Lab Manual
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors can help you learn13

II GENERAL LEDGER

Accounts Payable(6) 10 I (4) 40

Capital Darin Jones

1

(1) 100(5) 50

Unearned LaunCby RevenuesI (11) 20

Accounts Receivable(8) 10 I (10) 5

WithdrawalsDarin Jones

(7) 201

Pre~aid Advertising(2) 50 I

LaunCby Supplies(3) 25

Washer Dryer~se

(9) 7S1

Tele~hone ~nse(12) 10 I

LaundryRevenue

1(8) 150

LaunCby E~ipment(4)8

III TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceTrial Balance

September 30 1991

Note Transaction No1 has been formally journalized and posted belowPR stands for Post Reference The relevant account number or GeneralJournal page number is placed in the PR column at the time of posting

IV GENERAL JOURNAL Page

v GENERAL LEDGER

9

(1) 100 (2) 50(5) 50 (3) 25(8) 140 (4) 8

(10) 5 (6) 10(11) -2Q (7) 20

315 (9) 75- (12) JQ

Bal 117 198

Cash $117Accounts Receivable 5Prepaid Advertising 50Laundry Supplies 2SLaundry Equipment 48Accounts Payable $ 30Unearned Laundry Revenue 20Capital Darin Jones 150Withdrawals Darin Jones 20Laundry Revenue 150WasherDryer Expense 7STelephone Expense -ll

$350$350

DATE ACCOUNTTITLE AND EXPLANATION PRI

DEBITII

CREDIT

Sept 1 Cash 1 100 00

Capital Darin Jones 100 100 00

To record cash investment

CASH ACCOUNTNO1DATE EXPLANATION PR I DEBIT

II

CREDITI

BALANCE

Sept 1 1 100 00 100 00

l)lRTN r()NR NO lO(DATE EXPLANATION PR DEBIT CREDIT BALANCE

Sept 1 1 100 00 100 00

Owner
Text Box
Our Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library 13has material to help with many 13popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library has free accounting mathematics and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors13Help You Learn

UNIT 3 CASH VERSUS ACCRUAL ACCOUNTING

I Introduction

A The income statement measures business activity

B This activity affects the financial condition of a business as pictured by the balance sheet

C Procedural choices exist when measuring business activity1 For example there are a number of inventory methods to choose from when valuing inventory

Each results in a different value for ending inventory a different cost of goods sold a differentgross profit and a different measure of income All for the same business activity

2 Different possible measures of business activity lead to different possible financial pictures forthe same company

3 Understanding these procedural choices and their effect on the financial picture of a companyare an important aspect of accounting

II Recognizing Revenue and Expenses

A In accounting recognition is when a financial activity is recorded and becomes partof the financial statements

B Recognizing revenue and expenses determines their distribution to particular accountingperiods Profit is thus being allocated among periods1 How do you account for goods sold for $25000 in December 1996 which were paid for

in March 1997 if the accounting period ends on December 31 1996 The goods weregone when the 1996 balance sheet was made but the money did not come in until 1997

2 How do you account for a $7000 computer paid for in November that will last three years

III Cash Basis Accounting

A Cash basis accounting records revenue and expenses when cash enters and leaves the business

B Advantages of cash basis accounting1 It is easy to do2 It is objective with few choices to make Cash either comes in or goes out period

C Disadvantages of cash basis accounting1 No attempt is made to match an expense with the revenue it generates

This means that the income statement and balance sheet may not be goodpictures of recent business activity and present business conditions

2 For example the cash purchase of an expensive computer will all becharged in the year of purchase even though it will last a number of yearsThis means that income in the year of purchase would be understated andincome would be overstated in the following years

3 When business activity involves inventory assets cash basis accounting is notallowed for income tax purposes by the Internal Revenue Service

16

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library 13has learning materials13classified by user type
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library has material to help with many popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors can help you learn

IV Accrual Basis Accounting

A Accrual basis accounting records the financial effects of a business activity in the period the effect occurs1 Revenue is recognized (recorded) when earned (the goods were legally transferred or the service performed)

a Cash may come in before revenue is earned as with a subscription magazineb Cash may come in when revenue is earned as with the sale of a Dominos pizzac Cash may come in after revenue is earned as with the acceptance of a credit

card for the sale of a television

d In all cases revenue is earned when the item changes legal ownership2 Expenses are recognized when their benefit is received

a Cash may go out before the benefit as with the payment of next years annual property taxes in Septemberb Cash may go out when the benefit is received as with the payment of a bridge tollc Cash may go out after the benefit is received as with the payment of this periods payroll in the next periodd In all cases the expense is recorded when the benefit is received

3 Accrual accounting is based on matching an expense with the revenue it helps generate (matching principle)4 When an accounting activity spans more than one accounting period an adjustment is needed at the end of

the first period to assure that the revenue is recorded when earned and the expenses are recognized with theirbenefit

B Accruals and deferrals

1 Accruals and deferrals are required to conform with the matching principle2 Accruals are needed when something has affected the income statement and is unrecorded

a Accrued revenues have been earned but not recorded Example Construction work hasbeen done but not received It must be recorded with the amount to be received reported asconstruction revenue on the income statement and accounts receivable on the balance sheet

b Accrued expenses have been incurred but not recorded Example Salaries are earned byemployees but not paid They must be recorded with the a~ount to be paid reported assalaries expense on the income statement and salaries payable on the balance sheet

3 Deferrals refer to situations where cash is received orpaid and the income statement has not been affecteda Deferred revenue has been received in advance

Example Revenue from a two-year magazine subscription is received in Octoberand the first magazine wont be sent until next year This deferred revenue isreported as the liability unearned subscription revenue on the balance sheet

b Deferred expenses have been paid in advance Example Liability insurance for oneyear is paid in March and coverage begins in April This deferred expense is reportedas the asset prepaid insurance on the balance sheet

C The advantages and disadvantages of accrual basis accounting1 Accrual accounting measures current income more accurately than the cash method

a This means that the balance sheet is a more accurate estimate of financial position (value)b Accurate current information makes it easier to predict future income and financial position

2 Accrual accounting is difficult to understanda Confusion exists because net income does not equal the periods change in cashb The cash balance of a company with high income may even decrease during the yearc For example a rapidly growing profitable retailer may face a shortage of cash for

many reasons1) Rapid growth often requires large inventories New retailers often find

that suppliers will not grant credit This combination increases cash outflows2) Gaining market share may require a retailer to grant easy credit terms

This decreases cash inflows3) As a result a very successful business may not have adequate cash

17

Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
MBA Internet Library will help 13with acceptance graduation 13and career advancement
Owner
Line

UNIT 4 ADJUSTMENTS WORKSHEET AND STATEMENTS

Adjusting Entries are needed because it is uneconomical to make changes daily to some accounts and for othersvital information is not known until the end of the account period When analyzing these September 30Adjusting Entries consider the relevant account balances listed in the Trial Balance the change described in thetransaction descriptions and the relevant Journal Entries on page 8

I DEBITS AND CREDITS

~

~RI CR

LIABILITIESDR

I

CR

- +

+ OWNERS EOUITYDR

I

CR- +

WITHDRAWAlS EXPENSES

~RI~ ~RI CR

REVENUEDR

I

CR- +

II TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry SezviceTrial Balance

September 30 1991

III ADJUSTING JOURNAL ENTRIESSample Problem Adjustments - Wednesday September 30 1991

ANALYZING TRANSACTIONS

Assets Liabilities Owner IS Equity+

a One month of scheduled advertising appearedin the school newspaper See transaction 2 page 8

Prepaid AdvertisingI 10

Advertising Expense10 I

b A count of Laundry SUpplies revealed $5 worth on hand

Laundry SqppliesI 20

Laun~20 ~ly Expense

c Depreciation was taken on $48 of equipment with a usefullife of 4 years

AcCtU1lUlated Depreciation

Laundty~ipmentI 1

Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Eqlipment1 I

Note Depreciation is accumulated and subtractedfrom the relevant asset on the Balance Sheet

d On Friday October 2nd Darin would pay his first enployeewho worked Monday Wednesday and Friday $15 for the week

Salaries PayableI 10

Salaries Expense10 I

e Laundry Sezvicesfor one of the two students who had paidin advance had been performed as of 93091

Unearned Laundry Revenue Laundty Revenue10 I I 10

f On Tuesday September 29 services had been finishedfor 3 studentswho promised to pay $10 each on 105

Accounts Receivable30 I Launampy Revenue30

18

JOURNALIZING TRANSACTIONS

DR CR

a Advertising ExpensePrepaid Advertising

To record advertisingexpired

1010

b Laundry Supply Expense 20Laundry Supplies

To record Laundry Suppliesused

20

c Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Equipment 1

Accumulated DepreciationLaundry Equipment

Septembers Depreciationrecorded

1

d SalariesExpense 10Salaries PayableTo record salaries earnedbut not paid

10

e Unearned Laundry Revenue 10Laundry Revenue

To record Laundry Feesearned

10

f Accounts ReceivableLaundry Revenue

To record Laundry Feesearned

3030

Cash $117Accounts Receivable 5Prepaid Advertising 50Laundry Supplies 25Laundry Equipment 48Accounts Payable $ 30Unearned Laundry Revenue 20

Capital Darin Jones 150Withdrawals Darin Jones 20Laundry Revenue 150

Washer7DIyer Expense 75

Telephone Expense$350$350

Owner
Text Box
Business Book Mall has material 13to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors will help you learn

WORKSHEETIV

A worksheet begins with a Trial Balance Adjustments based upon data accumulated during the period are madeHorizontal extensions with like balances being added and unlike balances being subtracted result in an AdjustedTrial Balance Each account is then extended to the proper (similar) column of the Income Statement or BalanceSheet Income is then added to both the Income Statement and Balance Sheet to prove the Worksheet

1BalanceSheet I

117 I35 I40 I

5 I48 I

30 I10 I

liLl1

1

IIIIIIIIII

1

IJQ I201 I--H 1265 I

I

rIIICashIAccounts Receivable

1 Prepaid Advertising

I

Launfuy SttPpliesLaundry EquipmentIAccounts Payable1Unearned Laundry Revenue

I Capital Darin JonesIWithdrawals - Darin Jones 201 Laundry RevenueI

1WasherDryer Expense

[TelePhone ~eIAdvertising Expense

I Laundry Supplies ExpenseI Depreciation ExpenseI LaundJy EquipmentIAccumulated Depreciation

I LaundryEquipmentI Salaries ExpenseISalaries PayableI

I

l

IncomeStatementTripl Balance

1175

5025

48

Adjustments

(f) 30(a) 10M2Q

3020

J5Q(e) 10

20(e) 10(f) 30

150 190

75lQ

350

7512

350(a) 10(b) 20

1020

icl 1 1

(c) 1(d) 10 10

- Ml lQBl__Rl

--265126 190

--H -190 190 265

Note Income represents the net changes in assets and liabilities occurring during the period Because Revenue(asset increases) were greater than expenses (asset decreases or liability increases) the debit column of the BalanceSheet is higher than the credit column by an amount equal to net income This occurred because equity changeshave been temporarily stored in Income Statement accounts The Closing Process explained in the next unit willformally increase Owners Equity by the proper amount

V ACCOUNTING STATEMENTSrI

1

j

I

I ASSETS Current Assets

I

CashAccountsReceivablePrepaidAdvertising

I LaundrySupplies Plant and Equipment LaundryEquipment Less AccurmJlated

$ 11 Depreciation301 Total Assets10 [10

150120

I190

I

1IIIIII

$117 1

35 1

40 I

5 I

I

$48 I

-1

---fl I

$244 1

-I1

I

$ 30 I

10 I

~$ 50

I

I

I

$150 I$64 I-2QM I

~II

$244 1

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceBalance Sheet

September 30 1991I I

I Note SectionV hasbeen I

arranged to show how Balance 1

Sheet accounts come from the I

I top of the Trial Balance and 1I IncomeStatementaccounts 1

I come from the bottomof the I

I Trial Balance I

I I

r

I

I

I

I Cash

IAccounts ReceivableIPrepaid AdvertisingILaundry Supplies

j

Laundry EquipmentAccurmJlated Depreciation

Laundry EquipmentIAccounts PayableISalaries Payable

1991 1 Unearned Laundry Revenue1 Capital Darin JonesIWithdrawals Darin Jones

$190 ILaundry RevenueI Advertising Expense

I

Salaries ExpenseWasherDryer ExpenseITelephone ExpenseILaundry Supply Expense

I

Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Equipment

I

~I$ 64

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceAdjusted Trial BalanceSeptember 30 1991

$1173540

548

rI1 Quick Clean LaundryServiceI Income Statement

I

For the Month Ended Sept 30

RevenueI LaundryRevenueI

I

I

I

I

I

I

LIABILITIESCUrrent Liabilities

Accounts PayableSalaries PayableUnearned Laundry Revenue

Total CUrrent Liabilities1010751020

Operating ExpensesAdvertisingSalaries

WasherDryerTelephoneLaundry SuppliesDepreciationLaundryEquipment --1

Total Operating ExpensesNet Income

$1010751020

OWNER IS EQUITY

Capital Sept 1Net IncomeWithdrawalsCapitalSept 30Total Liabilities+

Owner Is Equity

~ J

$391 $3911

Note Now that the concept of normal balances has been fIrmly established that is assets and expenses have debitbalances and revenues liabilities equity and contra assets (accumulated depreciation) have credit balances it willno longer be necessary to restrict statement presentations to two columns with debit balances always to the left ofcredit balances The above statements have been so constructed

19

AdjustedTrial Balance

1173540

548

3010

15020

190

75lQ

1020

l

110

JQ391 391

Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors can help

UNIT 5 COMPLETING THE ACCOUNTING CYCLE

I ACCOUNTING STATEMENTS

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceBalance Sheet

September 30 1991

ASSETSCurrent Assets

CashAccounts ReceivablePrepaid AdvertisingLaundry SuppliesPlant and Equipment

Laundry EquipmentLess Accumulated

DepreciationTotal Assets

$11735405

Now that Financial Statements have been made amountstemporarily stored in expense revenue and the withdrawalsaccounts may be moved to the equity account A new accountentitled Income Summary will be used to calculate incomewhich will then be moved to Owners Equity

$48---1

-fl$244

LIABILITIESCurrent Liabilities

Accounts Payable $ 30Salaries Payable 10Unearned Laundry Revenue ---1Q

Total Current Liabilities $ 50

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceIncome Statement

For the Month Ended Sept 30 1991

~

$244

RevenueLaundry Revenue

Operating ExpensesWasherDryer Expense $75Telephone Expense 10Advertising Expense 10Laundry Supply Expense 20Depreciation Expense 1SalariesExpense 1Q

Total Operating ExpensesNet Income

$190

OWNERS EQUITY

Capital Sept1Income $64Withdrawals -2Q ~Capital Sept 30Total Liabilities +

Owners Equity

$150

~$ 64

II CLOSING PROCESS LOGIC III CLOSING JOURNAL ENTRIES

Step 1 Reduce Expenses to zeroStep 2 Reduce Revenues to zeroStep 3 Reduce IncomeSummary to zeroStep 4 Reduce Withdrawals to zero

Owner 1s Equity(4) 20

I

Bal 150(3) 64

Sept 30 Income SummaryWasherDryer ExpenseTelephone ExpenseAdvertising ExpenseLaundry Supply ExpenseDepreciation ExpenseSalaries Expense

Sept 30 Laundry RevenueIncome Summary

DR126

CR

75101020110

190190

Withdrawals

Bal 20 I (4) 20Income Summary

(1)126 I (2) 190(3) 64

Sept 30 Income SummaryCapital Darin Jones

6464

~es

Bal 126 I (1) 126Revenue Sept 30 CapitalDarinJones

(2)190 IBal 190 Withdrawals Darin Jones

2020

IV POST-CLOSING TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry ServicePost-Closing Trial Balance

September30 1991

CashAccounts ReceivablePrepaid AdvertisingLaundry SuppliesLaundry EquipmentAccumulated Depreciation

Laundry EquipmentAccounts PayableSalaries PayableUnearned Laundry RevenueCapital Darin Jones

$1173540

548

Note The closing of all ex-pense and revenue accountsresults in a Post-ClosingTrial Balance consisting ofonly Balance Sheet accounts

$ 1301010

~$245$245

24

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software

v REVERSmG ENTRIES

Adjusting entries sometimes require a unique nonroutine entry early in the next cycle to complete a particulartransaction The September 30th payroll adjustment of $10 to Salaries Expense and Salaries Payable associatedwith the $15 weekly payroll is an example A unique entry must be made on the October 2nd payday to completethe payroll Reversing the September 30 adjustment on October 1 will allow the regular payroll entry on October 2to complete the payroll Regardless of the alternative chosen $10 is charged to Salaries Expense in September$5 in October and the salary liability has been brought to zero

10

Paying Salaries- No ReversingEntryDR

Sept 30 SalariesExpense 10Salaries Payable

Oct 2 SalariesExpenseSalariesPayableCash

CR

510

15

VI CORRECTING ENTRIES

Erasing is never allowed A line may be drawn through journal entry errors discovered beforeposting After posting errors must be corrected with journal entries If a $5 purchase of LaundrySupplies had been posted to Laundry Equipment the following Correcting Entry would be necessary

DR CR5Oct 5 Laundry Supplies

Laundry Equipment 5

VII THE THIRTEEN ACCOUNTING STEPS

1 Journal Entries 4 Adjusting Entries2 Post to Ledger 5 Post to Ledger3 Trial Balance 6 Adjusted Trial

Balance

7 Income Statement8 Balance Sheet

9 Closing Entries10 Post to Ledger11 Post-Closing Trial

Balance

12 ReversingEntries

13 CorrectingEntries

VIII OWNER I S EQUITY VS STOCKHOLDERS I EQUITY

Sole proprietorships and partnerships account for Owners Equity in essentially the same manner only the numberof capital and withdrawal accounts differ Corporations on the other hand replace the capital account with contributedcapital (stock) accounts use dividends to distribute equity to owners and accumulated undistributed profits in theRetained Earnings account Septembers equity transactions for Quick Clean contrasting a sole proprietorship witha corporation appear below Also contrasted are the equity sections of the Balance Sheet

Income SUIUTlary

Capital Darin Jones

64

CRCashCapitalDarin Jones

DR150

150

64

Retained EarningsDividend Payable

Declared a 13 13ltpershare stock dividend

Dividend PayableCash

2020

2020

EQUITY SECTION OF BALANCE SHEET

OWners EquityDarin Jones CapitalSeptember1 1992 $150Net Income $ 64Withdrawals 2Q --MCapitalSeptember30 S194

StockholdersI EquityComnon Stock $1 par 150 shares

authorized and outstandingRetained EarningsTotal Stockholders Equity

$150-HS194

25

PayingSalarJes - ReversingEntryDR CR

Sept 30 Salaries Expense 10

Salaries Payable 10Oct 1 Salaries Payable 10

Salaries Expense 10Oct 2 Salaries Expense 15

Cash 15

STARTING A BUSINESSCR DR

Cash 150150 Comnon Stock

Issued 150 shares of$1 par Common Stock

RECORDING EARNINGS

Income SUIUTlary 6464 Retained Earnings

DISTlUBUTING EARNINGS

WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20Cash 20

CapitalDarin Jones 20WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20

Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library 13has material to help with many 13popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career

UNIT 6 MERCHANDISING

A merchandising company is a Retailer Retailers buymerchandise from manufacturers andor wholesalersmark the merchandise up enough to cover operatingexpenses and make a profit Merchandise bought forre-sale is charged to Purchases Cost of merchandisesold is calculated by subtracting Ending Inventory fromBeginning Inventory plus Net Purchases (including

transportation costs) Sales Discounts and PurchaseDiscounts are given to those who pay early Anexample of discount terms would be 210n30 whichmeans 2 is taken off if paid within 10 days otherwisepay within 30 days Unsatisfactory goods are accountedfor by charging Sales Returns and Allowance orPurchase Returns and Allowance

I LOGIC OF MERCHANDISING DEBITS AND CREDITS

Debits

I Purchases Ilt gt

Credits

SalesI

Note Sales and Purchasesare opposites and thereforehave opposite nonnal balancesTheir return and discountaccounts also have oppositebalancesSales Returns

Sales Discountslt gt Purchase Returns

Purchase Discounts

DARINS MUSIC EMPORIUM

Darin Jones graduated in December of 1994 and after a brief vacation took the accumulation from his Laundry businessand invested $10000 in Darins Music Emporium a retailer of computerized musical instruments Sample JournalEntries and 1995 statements along with Closing Entries appear below Please read transaction descriptions first

II JOURNAL ENTRIES

30

Note Relatedtransactions havebeen boxed

Note The net method ofrecording purchasesassumes the PurchaseDiscount will be takenIf it is not taken aPurchase Discount Lostis recorded PurchaseDiscounts Lost are notconsidered an operatingexpense and are reportedafter operating incomein an Income Statementsection entitled OtherRevenue and Expenses

Jan 3 Purchases 4000Accounts Payable 4000

READ FIRST--gt Merchandisepurchased for $4000on creditfrom L Co invoice dated 11 terms 210n30

Jan 7 Accounts Payable 500Purchase Returns and Allowances 500

Returned $500 of merchandise purchased 11

Jan 11 Accounts Payable 3500Purchase Discount 70Cash 3430

Paid L Co for purchase of 11 less returnand discount

Jan 12 Cash 2000Sales 2000

Recorded Cash Sales of $2000

Jan 14 Accounts Receivable 5000Sales 5000

Recorded credit sale of $5000 to M Coterms 210n30

Jan 18 Sales Returns and Allowances 100Accounts Receivable 100M Co returned$100 of merchandise purchased 114

Jan 24 Cash 4802Sales Discount 98

Accounts Receivable 4900Receivedpayment fromM Co less returnless discount

Feb 2 Purchases 3960Accounts Payable 3960

Merchandise purchased fromZ Cowith a valueof $4000 terms 110n30 - Net Method

Feb 28 Accounts Payable 3960Purchase Discount Lost 40

Cash 4000Paid Z Co for purchase of 22 plus discount lost

Feb 28 Transportation-In 50Cash 50

Paid Transportation charges of $50 formerchandise purchased 22

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional

III LOGIC OF INCOME STATEMENT

Gross Sales- Cost of Goods SoldGross Profit

- Qperati~ ~esInc~ from Operations

IV INCOME STATEMENTDarin Is Music Etrporium

Income StatementFor the Year Ended December 31 1995

Sales RevenueGross Sales

Sales Retuxns and AllowancesSales Discounts

Net Sales

$98000$1000

2QQQ hQQQ$95000

Cost of Goods SoldMerchandise InventoryJanuary 1 1995

PurchasesPurchaseRetuxnsand Allowances $1000

PurchaseDiscounts~ J QQQNet Purchases $35000Plus Transportation-In ~Costof GoodsPurchased ~Goods Availablefor Sale $46000Merchandise InventoryDecember31 1995Cost of Goods Sold

Gross ProfitOperating ExpensesSelling Expenses $22500General and Administrative

ExpensesTotal Operating ExpensesIncome from Operations

$10000$38000

2LQQQ 25QQQ

$70000

Z~3JLQQQ

$40000

Note Being a Sole Proprietorship no federalincome tax is owed by the business Darin willfile an individual return

VI

DR CR

Dec 31 82000Income SummaryBeginning InventorySales Retuxns andAllowances

Sales DiscountsPurchasesTransportation-InSelling ExpensesGeneral and Administrative

Expenses

10000

10002000380001000225007500

Note When the list price of an itemdoes not represent its true price anda discount is stated said discountcalled a trade discount is used tolower the historical cost of the item

CLOSING ENTRIES

DR CR

Dec 31 Ending InventorySalesPurchaseRetuxns andAllowances

PurchaseDiscountsIncome Surrmary

Dec 31 Income SurrmaryCapital Darin Jones

Dec 31 Capital Darin JonesWithdrawals Darin Jones

2100098000

10002000

40000122000

4000036000

36000

Note An al ternative method to closingBeginning Inventory with a $10000 creditand creatingthe Ending Inventory with a$21000 debit would be to adjust inventorywith an $11000 debit Either adjusts forall purchases being treated as an expense

31

v BALANCE SHEETDarins Music Emporium

Balance SheetDecember 31 1995

ASSETSCUrrent Assets

Cash $4000Accounts Receivable 1000Office Supplies 250Merchandise Inventory 21000Prepaid Rent

Total CUrrent Assets $26600

Plant and EquipmentStore Equipment $ 6000Less Accumulated Depreciation ---2QQ $5400

Office Equipment $ 5000Less Accumulated Depreciation LQQQ 9400

Total Assets $36000

LIABILITIES

CUrrent LiabilitiesAccounts Payable S22000

Total Liabilities $22000

OWNERS EQUITY

DarinJones CapitalJanuary 1 1995 $10000

I

Net Income $40000WithdrawalsIncrease in Capital --LQQQ

DarinJones CapitalDecember 31 1995 14000

Total Liabilities and Owners Equity $36000

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library 13has learning materials13classified by user type

UNIT 7 ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS

Accounting Systems are designed to eliminate much ofthe duplication involved in a manual accounting systemUsing carbonized receipts special journals as shownhere and ledger cards allow for much of the accounting

work to be accomplished as receipts are processed andchecks written Special journals are important becausethey provide the basis for computerized accountingsystems

Special JournalPurchases Journal is used for Credit PurchasesSales Journal is for Credit SalesCash Payments Journal is used when Cash is CreditedCash Receipts Journal is used when Cash is Debited

Note The following transactions were originally recorded in the General Journalon page 30 In this section when possible they have been recorded in specialjournals The abbreviation of the journal used follows each transaction

13 Purchased merchandise for $4000 on credit from L Companyinvoice dated 11 terms 210n30 PJ

17 Return $500 of defective merchandise purchased 11 fromL Company GJ

111 Paid L Company for purchases of 11 less returnand discount CPJ

112 Recorded Cash Sales of $2000 CRJ114 Sold $5000 of merchandise to M company termS

210n30 SJ118 M Company returned $100 of merchandise purchased

114 GJ124 M Company paid for sale of 114 less return and

discount CRJ

Note Only creditpurchases areallowed in thePurchase Journal

PURCHASES JOURNAL Page 1

CASH PA2MENTS JOURNAL Page 1

Note When posting place the number of the ledger account below the amount posted A check ()should be placed in the Post Reference Column to indicate posting to a Subsidiary Ledger

GENERAL LEDGER

CASH (1)

22802 I 7680Bal 15122

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (3)

11000 I 10900--1QQ

PURCHASES

7960 I

PURCHASE RETURNS (52)

I 500

f51l

M CO1PaIlyen

5000 It~gg

A CO1Pany6000 I 6000

I

PURCHASEPIi~ 531

TRANS~iArCN-TN (0lt1

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

TRAVEL EXPENSES (68)

200 I

PURCHASE DISCOUNT LOST (70)

40 I

36

POSTDAIE ACCOUNT IERMS REF AMOUNT

13 L Company 210n30 400022 Z Company 110n30

7960

(51) (31)

I DATE I EXPLANATIOOIIIRRTl TS DEBITS

PURCHASE POST ACCOUNTS TRAVEL OTHER

POST ICASH DISCOUNTS REF PAYABLE PURCHASES EXPENSE DEBITS REF AMOUNT

111 Paid L Co 1 3430 70 3500 Purchase228 Paid Z Co 2 4000 3960 Discount

I Lost 70 40228 Paid Trans - In 3 50

I

Trans In 55 5035 Paid Travel 4 --ZQQ 2QQ I

I

7680 70 7460 200

I

90(1) (53) (31) (68)

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes Books provide help for accounting economics statistics and basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Professional Development Resources Center 13has material to enhance your career

22 Purchase $4000of merchandisefrom Z Companyterms110n30- Net Method usedPJ228 Paid Z Company for purchase of 22 plus purchase discount lost CPJ228 Paid transportation charges of $50 for merchandise purchased 102 CPJ

Addi tiona1 Transactions

31 Signed a $10000 Note Payable with First Bank Corporation cash deposited today CRJ32 Sold $6000 of merchandise to A Company terms 210n30 SJ35 Paid Travel Expense of $200 CPJ330 A Company paid today CRJ

Note The General Journal is used for Ientries that do not easily fit into aspecial journal Also included areAdjusting Closing Reversing andCorrecting Entries

Note Only Credit Sales areallowed in the Sales Journal

SALES JOURNAL Page1 GENERAL JOURNAL Page1

CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL Page1

CASH SALES (40)

I 2000

ACCOCINTSPAYABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

L CO1Pany Z Corqpany

~ I 4000 3960 I 39604000

=~ir

fUl

CashPurchasesPurchase ReturnsPurchase DiscountsTransportation-In 50TravelExpense 200Purchase Discount Lost 40Notes PayableCash SalesCredit SalesSalesReturns andAllowances

Sales Discounts

$ 151227960

$ 50070

ACCOUNTSPAYABLE (31)

7460 I 7960~~

Bal -0-

CREDIT SALES (41)

I 11000

Darin Is Music EmporiumTrial BalanceMarch 31 1996

NOTES PAYABLE (32)

I 10000

SALES RETURNSAND ALLOWANCES (42)

100 I 100002000

11000

100~

~5JQ ~570

31

INVOICE POSTDATE ACCOUNT NUMBER REF AMOUNT

114 M Conpany 1 J 500032 A Company 2 J

11000(3) (41)

DATE EXPLANATION PR DR CR

17 Accounts Payable - L Co 31 500Purchase Returns 52 500

118 Sales Returns 42 100Accounts Receivable - 3 100

M Co

I IDEBTi (R1ltTIIT

SALES POST ACCOUNTS CASH OTHER I POST IEXPLANATION CASH DISCOUNTS REF RECEIVABLE SALES CREDITS REF AMOUNT

112 Weekly Sales 2000 2000124 M Company 4802 98 J 490031 Signed Note 10000

I

Notes 32 10000330 A Company J hQQQ PayableI

I

22802 98i

10900 2000 10000(1) (43) i (3) (40) I I (32)

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library has has material to help with many popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library has free accounting mathematics and statistics software
Page 2: OVERVIEW OF THE ACCOUNI'ING CYCLE Cycle from Quick Notes.pdfAccounting is the process of tracking these financial activities and summarizing them for interested parties (owners, managers,

UNIT 1ASSETS

THE ACCOUNTING EQUATIONLIABILITIES = OWNERSEQUITYI

ITEMS OF VALUE WHAT IS OWED NET WORTH

II DEFINITIONSACCOUNT- a storagearea for financialinformation DEBIT- left side of an account

T ACCOUNT- a simplifiedaccount CREDIT- right side of an accountIII BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS

ASSETS are items of value CAPITAL is the Owners Equity account forsole proprietorships and partnerships

LIABILITIES are amounts owed COMMON STOCK is the primary account fortracking the invested equity of a corporation

OWNERS EQUITY is the net worth of a business RETAINED EARNINGS is the account used to storeincome earned but not distributed by a corporation

IV DEBITS AND CREDITSPlease relate the definitions in Part III to the schematic below Note theaccounting equation has been rewritten to better explain debits and credits

ASSETS = LIABILITIESDR

I

CR DRI

CR+ - - +

The DOUBLE ENTRY system of debits and creditsfacilitates the increasing and decreasing of the amountsstored in the Balance Sheet Accounts The aboveschematic summarizes part of the system After

+ OWNERS EQUITYDR

I

CR- +

rewriting the accounting equation it should be noted thatAssets are on the opposite side of the equation fromLiabilities and Owners Equity and are therefore treatedin an opposite manner by the system

NOTE The following example will show only the current transaction information in each T account

v ANALYZINGTRANSACTIONS- SAMPLE PROBLEMAssets = Liabilities + Owner IS Equity

1 Darin Jones a sophomore at State University started theQuick Clean Laundry Service with a $100 cash investment

Cash Capital Darin Jones100 I I 100

2 On Sept 1 paid $50 for 5 ncnths of ads in the school newspaper ~id Advertising

50 ICash

I 50

3 On Sept 1 purchased Laundry Supplies for $25 cashLaundzy Sqpplies25 I

CashI 25

4 On Sept 1 purchased $48 of Laundry Equipment paying $8 downLaundIy Eqlipment Accounts Payable

48 I I 40Cash

I 8

5 Darin made an additional investment of $50Cash Capital Darin Jones

50 I I 50

6 Paid one-fourth the CllroUIltowed on the Laundry EquipmentCash Accounts Payable

I 10 10 I

2

Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes Books has your free copies of accounting economics math and statistics
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Typewritten Text
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors13can help you learn
Owner
Line
Owner
Line

VI TEMPORARY OWNERS EQUITY STORAGE ACCOUNTS

WITHDRAWALS is a storage account used to record periodic decreasesin Owners Equity by sole proprietors and partners

EXPENSES represent a decrease in Owners Equitycaused by a decrease in Assets (usually Cash) or anincrease in Liabilities (Salaries Payable AccountsPayable etc) resulting from normal business activityExamples include Salaries Advertising and Interest

REVENUE represents an increase in Owners Equitycaused by an increase in Assets (usually Cash orAccounts Receivable) resulting from normal businessactivity Examples include Sales Interest Income andRent Revenue

VII DEBITS AND CREDITS

Please relate the definitions in Part VI to the expanded schematic below

ASSETSDR

I

CR+ -

= LIABILITIES

DR I C~

Expense Revenue and Withdrawals are temporarystorage accounts used to track changes in OwnersEquity and their positive or normal balance is consistentwith the eventual change to be made in Owners EquityThat is expenses and withdrawals are debits becausethey will eventually lower Owners Equity and

Revenue is a credit because it will eventually increaseOwners Equity Revenue Expense and Withdrawalsmay also be thought of as changes in Assets andorLiabilities which cause Owners Equity to change Thelogic of this system will become more apparent as youbecome more familiar with Part One of Quick Notes

Assets Liabilities

ANALYZING TRANSACTIONS - SAMPLE PROBLEM+ OWners Equity

VIII=

7 Darin withdrew $20 for personal usecash

I 20

Withdrawals Darin Jones

20 I

8 Cash collected for Laundry services performed during the monthamounted to $140 $10 was also due for services rendered

~140 I

AccountsReceivable

10 I

Laundrv Revenue

I 150

9 Paid $75 for the use of washers and dryers for SeptemberCash WasherDrver Exoense

I 75 75 I

10 Received $5 on accountCash

5 I

Accounts Receivable

I 5

11 On Sept 26 two students paid $10 for next weeks Laundry ServiceCash Unearned Laundrv Revenue

20 I I 20

12 Paid monthly phone bill of $10Cash

I 10

3

TeleDhone Exoense

10 I

+ OWNERS EOUITYDR

I

CR+

WITHDRAWALS

RI

CR-

EXPENSES REVENUE

RI

CR

DR ICR- - +

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Books has useful 13materials covering many business 13subjects
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library has learning materials classified by user type
Owner
Text Box
Business Book Mall has material13 to enhance your career

UNIT 2ASSETSDR

CR+ -

I JOURNALENTRIESIn the preceding learning unit transactions were recorded in T accounts because students find it easier to analyze trans-actions with T accounts This learning unit makes the transition from T accounts to Journal Entries the first step ofthe accounting process

ANALYZING TRANSACIIONSAssets Liabilities Owner IS Equity+

1 Darin Jones a sophomore at State University started theQuick Clean Laundry Service with a $100 cash investment

Cash Capital Darin Jones100 I I 100

2 On Sept 1 paid $50Pr~id Advertising50 I

~I

for 5 months of ads in the school newspaper

50

3 On Sept 1 purchased Laundry Supplies for $25 cashLaundry S~plies25 I

CashI 25

4 On Sept 1 purchased $48 of Laundry Equipment paying $8

Laundry Eqlipment Accounts Payable48 I I 40

CashI 8

5 Darin made an additional~

I

down

50

investment of $50

Capital Darin Jones[ 50

6 Paid one-fourth the amount owed on the Laundry EquipmentCash Accounts Payable

I 10 10 I

7 Darinwithdrew$20 for personaluseCash WithdrawalsDarin Jones

I 20 20 I

8 Cash collected for Laundry Services performed during the monthamounted to $140 $10 was also due for services rendered

140~

I

Laundry RevenueI 150

AccountsReceivable

10 I

9 Paid $75 for the use of washers and dryers for SeptemberCash WasherDJyer~e

I 75 75 I

10 Received $5 on accountCash

5 I

Accounts ReceivableI 5

11 On Sept 26 two students paid $10 for next week Is Laundry ServiceCash UnearnedLaundryRevenue

20 I I 20

12 Paid monthly phone bill of $10Cash

I 10Telephone~se10 I

8

JOURNALIZING TRANSACTIONSDR CR

Account Debited XXXAccount Credited XXX

CashCapitalDarin Jones

100100

Prepaid AdvertisingCash

5050

CashAccounts Receivable

Laundry Revenue

14010

150

WasherDryer ExpenseCash

7575

CashAccountsReceivable

55

RECORDING TRANSACTIONS= LIABILITIES + OWNERSEOUITY

DR I DR

I

CR- +

WITHDRAWAT R

DR I CR

EXPENSES REVENUE+ -

DR I CR DR I CR+ - - +

LaundrySupplies 25Cash 25

LaundryEquipment 48Cash 8Accounts Payable 40

Cash 50CapitalDarin Jones 50

Accounts Payable 10Cash 10

WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20Cash 20

Cash 20UnearnedLaundry

Revenue 20

Telephone Expense 10Cash 10

Owner
Text Box
Google Free Quick Notes Books for your 13copies of Quick Notes Accounting Economics Statistics and Excel Statistics Lab Manual
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors can help you learn13

II GENERAL LEDGER

Accounts Payable(6) 10 I (4) 40

Capital Darin Jones

1

(1) 100(5) 50

Unearned LaunCby RevenuesI (11) 20

Accounts Receivable(8) 10 I (10) 5

WithdrawalsDarin Jones

(7) 201

Pre~aid Advertising(2) 50 I

LaunCby Supplies(3) 25

Washer Dryer~se

(9) 7S1

Tele~hone ~nse(12) 10 I

LaundryRevenue

1(8) 150

LaunCby E~ipment(4)8

III TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceTrial Balance

September 30 1991

Note Transaction No1 has been formally journalized and posted belowPR stands for Post Reference The relevant account number or GeneralJournal page number is placed in the PR column at the time of posting

IV GENERAL JOURNAL Page

v GENERAL LEDGER

9

(1) 100 (2) 50(5) 50 (3) 25(8) 140 (4) 8

(10) 5 (6) 10(11) -2Q (7) 20

315 (9) 75- (12) JQ

Bal 117 198

Cash $117Accounts Receivable 5Prepaid Advertising 50Laundry Supplies 2SLaundry Equipment 48Accounts Payable $ 30Unearned Laundry Revenue 20Capital Darin Jones 150Withdrawals Darin Jones 20Laundry Revenue 150WasherDryer Expense 7STelephone Expense -ll

$350$350

DATE ACCOUNTTITLE AND EXPLANATION PRI

DEBITII

CREDIT

Sept 1 Cash 1 100 00

Capital Darin Jones 100 100 00

To record cash investment

CASH ACCOUNTNO1DATE EXPLANATION PR I DEBIT

II

CREDITI

BALANCE

Sept 1 1 100 00 100 00

l)lRTN r()NR NO lO(DATE EXPLANATION PR DEBIT CREDIT BALANCE

Sept 1 1 100 00 100 00

Owner
Text Box
Our Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library 13has material to help with many 13popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library has free accounting mathematics and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors13Help You Learn

UNIT 3 CASH VERSUS ACCRUAL ACCOUNTING

I Introduction

A The income statement measures business activity

B This activity affects the financial condition of a business as pictured by the balance sheet

C Procedural choices exist when measuring business activity1 For example there are a number of inventory methods to choose from when valuing inventory

Each results in a different value for ending inventory a different cost of goods sold a differentgross profit and a different measure of income All for the same business activity

2 Different possible measures of business activity lead to different possible financial pictures forthe same company

3 Understanding these procedural choices and their effect on the financial picture of a companyare an important aspect of accounting

II Recognizing Revenue and Expenses

A In accounting recognition is when a financial activity is recorded and becomes partof the financial statements

B Recognizing revenue and expenses determines their distribution to particular accountingperiods Profit is thus being allocated among periods1 How do you account for goods sold for $25000 in December 1996 which were paid for

in March 1997 if the accounting period ends on December 31 1996 The goods weregone when the 1996 balance sheet was made but the money did not come in until 1997

2 How do you account for a $7000 computer paid for in November that will last three years

III Cash Basis Accounting

A Cash basis accounting records revenue and expenses when cash enters and leaves the business

B Advantages of cash basis accounting1 It is easy to do2 It is objective with few choices to make Cash either comes in or goes out period

C Disadvantages of cash basis accounting1 No attempt is made to match an expense with the revenue it generates

This means that the income statement and balance sheet may not be goodpictures of recent business activity and present business conditions

2 For example the cash purchase of an expensive computer will all becharged in the year of purchase even though it will last a number of yearsThis means that income in the year of purchase would be understated andincome would be overstated in the following years

3 When business activity involves inventory assets cash basis accounting is notallowed for income tax purposes by the Internal Revenue Service

16

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library 13has learning materials13classified by user type
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library has material to help with many popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors can help you learn

IV Accrual Basis Accounting

A Accrual basis accounting records the financial effects of a business activity in the period the effect occurs1 Revenue is recognized (recorded) when earned (the goods were legally transferred or the service performed)

a Cash may come in before revenue is earned as with a subscription magazineb Cash may come in when revenue is earned as with the sale of a Dominos pizzac Cash may come in after revenue is earned as with the acceptance of a credit

card for the sale of a television

d In all cases revenue is earned when the item changes legal ownership2 Expenses are recognized when their benefit is received

a Cash may go out before the benefit as with the payment of next years annual property taxes in Septemberb Cash may go out when the benefit is received as with the payment of a bridge tollc Cash may go out after the benefit is received as with the payment of this periods payroll in the next periodd In all cases the expense is recorded when the benefit is received

3 Accrual accounting is based on matching an expense with the revenue it helps generate (matching principle)4 When an accounting activity spans more than one accounting period an adjustment is needed at the end of

the first period to assure that the revenue is recorded when earned and the expenses are recognized with theirbenefit

B Accruals and deferrals

1 Accruals and deferrals are required to conform with the matching principle2 Accruals are needed when something has affected the income statement and is unrecorded

a Accrued revenues have been earned but not recorded Example Construction work hasbeen done but not received It must be recorded with the amount to be received reported asconstruction revenue on the income statement and accounts receivable on the balance sheet

b Accrued expenses have been incurred but not recorded Example Salaries are earned byemployees but not paid They must be recorded with the a~ount to be paid reported assalaries expense on the income statement and salaries payable on the balance sheet

3 Deferrals refer to situations where cash is received orpaid and the income statement has not been affecteda Deferred revenue has been received in advance

Example Revenue from a two-year magazine subscription is received in Octoberand the first magazine wont be sent until next year This deferred revenue isreported as the liability unearned subscription revenue on the balance sheet

b Deferred expenses have been paid in advance Example Liability insurance for oneyear is paid in March and coverage begins in April This deferred expense is reportedas the asset prepaid insurance on the balance sheet

C The advantages and disadvantages of accrual basis accounting1 Accrual accounting measures current income more accurately than the cash method

a This means that the balance sheet is a more accurate estimate of financial position (value)b Accurate current information makes it easier to predict future income and financial position

2 Accrual accounting is difficult to understanda Confusion exists because net income does not equal the periods change in cashb The cash balance of a company with high income may even decrease during the yearc For example a rapidly growing profitable retailer may face a shortage of cash for

many reasons1) Rapid growth often requires large inventories New retailers often find

that suppliers will not grant credit This combination increases cash outflows2) Gaining market share may require a retailer to grant easy credit terms

This decreases cash inflows3) As a result a very successful business may not have adequate cash

17

Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
MBA Internet Library will help 13with acceptance graduation 13and career advancement
Owner
Line

UNIT 4 ADJUSTMENTS WORKSHEET AND STATEMENTS

Adjusting Entries are needed because it is uneconomical to make changes daily to some accounts and for othersvital information is not known until the end of the account period When analyzing these September 30Adjusting Entries consider the relevant account balances listed in the Trial Balance the change described in thetransaction descriptions and the relevant Journal Entries on page 8

I DEBITS AND CREDITS

~

~RI CR

LIABILITIESDR

I

CR

- +

+ OWNERS EOUITYDR

I

CR- +

WITHDRAWAlS EXPENSES

~RI~ ~RI CR

REVENUEDR

I

CR- +

II TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry SezviceTrial Balance

September 30 1991

III ADJUSTING JOURNAL ENTRIESSample Problem Adjustments - Wednesday September 30 1991

ANALYZING TRANSACTIONS

Assets Liabilities Owner IS Equity+

a One month of scheduled advertising appearedin the school newspaper See transaction 2 page 8

Prepaid AdvertisingI 10

Advertising Expense10 I

b A count of Laundry SUpplies revealed $5 worth on hand

Laundry SqppliesI 20

Laun~20 ~ly Expense

c Depreciation was taken on $48 of equipment with a usefullife of 4 years

AcCtU1lUlated Depreciation

Laundty~ipmentI 1

Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Eqlipment1 I

Note Depreciation is accumulated and subtractedfrom the relevant asset on the Balance Sheet

d On Friday October 2nd Darin would pay his first enployeewho worked Monday Wednesday and Friday $15 for the week

Salaries PayableI 10

Salaries Expense10 I

e Laundry Sezvicesfor one of the two students who had paidin advance had been performed as of 93091

Unearned Laundry Revenue Laundty Revenue10 I I 10

f On Tuesday September 29 services had been finishedfor 3 studentswho promised to pay $10 each on 105

Accounts Receivable30 I Launampy Revenue30

18

JOURNALIZING TRANSACTIONS

DR CR

a Advertising ExpensePrepaid Advertising

To record advertisingexpired

1010

b Laundry Supply Expense 20Laundry Supplies

To record Laundry Suppliesused

20

c Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Equipment 1

Accumulated DepreciationLaundry Equipment

Septembers Depreciationrecorded

1

d SalariesExpense 10Salaries PayableTo record salaries earnedbut not paid

10

e Unearned Laundry Revenue 10Laundry Revenue

To record Laundry Feesearned

10

f Accounts ReceivableLaundry Revenue

To record Laundry Feesearned

3030

Cash $117Accounts Receivable 5Prepaid Advertising 50Laundry Supplies 25Laundry Equipment 48Accounts Payable $ 30Unearned Laundry Revenue 20

Capital Darin Jones 150Withdrawals Darin Jones 20Laundry Revenue 150

Washer7DIyer Expense 75

Telephone Expense$350$350

Owner
Text Box
Business Book Mall has material 13to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors will help you learn

WORKSHEETIV

A worksheet begins with a Trial Balance Adjustments based upon data accumulated during the period are madeHorizontal extensions with like balances being added and unlike balances being subtracted result in an AdjustedTrial Balance Each account is then extended to the proper (similar) column of the Income Statement or BalanceSheet Income is then added to both the Income Statement and Balance Sheet to prove the Worksheet

1BalanceSheet I

117 I35 I40 I

5 I48 I

30 I10 I

liLl1

1

IIIIIIIIII

1

IJQ I201 I--H 1265 I

I

rIIICashIAccounts Receivable

1 Prepaid Advertising

I

Launfuy SttPpliesLaundry EquipmentIAccounts Payable1Unearned Laundry Revenue

I Capital Darin JonesIWithdrawals - Darin Jones 201 Laundry RevenueI

1WasherDryer Expense

[TelePhone ~eIAdvertising Expense

I Laundry Supplies ExpenseI Depreciation ExpenseI LaundJy EquipmentIAccumulated Depreciation

I LaundryEquipmentI Salaries ExpenseISalaries PayableI

I

l

IncomeStatementTripl Balance

1175

5025

48

Adjustments

(f) 30(a) 10M2Q

3020

J5Q(e) 10

20(e) 10(f) 30

150 190

75lQ

350

7512

350(a) 10(b) 20

1020

icl 1 1

(c) 1(d) 10 10

- Ml lQBl__Rl

--265126 190

--H -190 190 265

Note Income represents the net changes in assets and liabilities occurring during the period Because Revenue(asset increases) were greater than expenses (asset decreases or liability increases) the debit column of the BalanceSheet is higher than the credit column by an amount equal to net income This occurred because equity changeshave been temporarily stored in Income Statement accounts The Closing Process explained in the next unit willformally increase Owners Equity by the proper amount

V ACCOUNTING STATEMENTSrI

1

j

I

I ASSETS Current Assets

I

CashAccountsReceivablePrepaidAdvertising

I LaundrySupplies Plant and Equipment LaundryEquipment Less AccurmJlated

$ 11 Depreciation301 Total Assets10 [10

150120

I190

I

1IIIIII

$117 1

35 1

40 I

5 I

I

$48 I

-1

---fl I

$244 1

-I1

I

$ 30 I

10 I

~$ 50

I

I

I

$150 I$64 I-2QM I

~II

$244 1

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceBalance Sheet

September 30 1991I I

I Note SectionV hasbeen I

arranged to show how Balance 1

Sheet accounts come from the I

I top of the Trial Balance and 1I IncomeStatementaccounts 1

I come from the bottomof the I

I Trial Balance I

I I

r

I

I

I

I Cash

IAccounts ReceivableIPrepaid AdvertisingILaundry Supplies

j

Laundry EquipmentAccurmJlated Depreciation

Laundry EquipmentIAccounts PayableISalaries Payable

1991 1 Unearned Laundry Revenue1 Capital Darin JonesIWithdrawals Darin Jones

$190 ILaundry RevenueI Advertising Expense

I

Salaries ExpenseWasherDryer ExpenseITelephone ExpenseILaundry Supply Expense

I

Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Equipment

I

~I$ 64

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceAdjusted Trial BalanceSeptember 30 1991

$1173540

548

rI1 Quick Clean LaundryServiceI Income Statement

I

For the Month Ended Sept 30

RevenueI LaundryRevenueI

I

I

I

I

I

I

LIABILITIESCUrrent Liabilities

Accounts PayableSalaries PayableUnearned Laundry Revenue

Total CUrrent Liabilities1010751020

Operating ExpensesAdvertisingSalaries

WasherDryerTelephoneLaundry SuppliesDepreciationLaundryEquipment --1

Total Operating ExpensesNet Income

$1010751020

OWNER IS EQUITY

Capital Sept 1Net IncomeWithdrawalsCapitalSept 30Total Liabilities+

Owner Is Equity

~ J

$391 $3911

Note Now that the concept of normal balances has been fIrmly established that is assets and expenses have debitbalances and revenues liabilities equity and contra assets (accumulated depreciation) have credit balances it willno longer be necessary to restrict statement presentations to two columns with debit balances always to the left ofcredit balances The above statements have been so constructed

19

AdjustedTrial Balance

1173540

548

3010

15020

190

75lQ

1020

l

110

JQ391 391

Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors can help

UNIT 5 COMPLETING THE ACCOUNTING CYCLE

I ACCOUNTING STATEMENTS

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceBalance Sheet

September 30 1991

ASSETSCurrent Assets

CashAccounts ReceivablePrepaid AdvertisingLaundry SuppliesPlant and Equipment

Laundry EquipmentLess Accumulated

DepreciationTotal Assets

$11735405

Now that Financial Statements have been made amountstemporarily stored in expense revenue and the withdrawalsaccounts may be moved to the equity account A new accountentitled Income Summary will be used to calculate incomewhich will then be moved to Owners Equity

$48---1

-fl$244

LIABILITIESCurrent Liabilities

Accounts Payable $ 30Salaries Payable 10Unearned Laundry Revenue ---1Q

Total Current Liabilities $ 50

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceIncome Statement

For the Month Ended Sept 30 1991

~

$244

RevenueLaundry Revenue

Operating ExpensesWasherDryer Expense $75Telephone Expense 10Advertising Expense 10Laundry Supply Expense 20Depreciation Expense 1SalariesExpense 1Q

Total Operating ExpensesNet Income

$190

OWNERS EQUITY

Capital Sept1Income $64Withdrawals -2Q ~Capital Sept 30Total Liabilities +

Owners Equity

$150

~$ 64

II CLOSING PROCESS LOGIC III CLOSING JOURNAL ENTRIES

Step 1 Reduce Expenses to zeroStep 2 Reduce Revenues to zeroStep 3 Reduce IncomeSummary to zeroStep 4 Reduce Withdrawals to zero

Owner 1s Equity(4) 20

I

Bal 150(3) 64

Sept 30 Income SummaryWasherDryer ExpenseTelephone ExpenseAdvertising ExpenseLaundry Supply ExpenseDepreciation ExpenseSalaries Expense

Sept 30 Laundry RevenueIncome Summary

DR126

CR

75101020110

190190

Withdrawals

Bal 20 I (4) 20Income Summary

(1)126 I (2) 190(3) 64

Sept 30 Income SummaryCapital Darin Jones

6464

~es

Bal 126 I (1) 126Revenue Sept 30 CapitalDarinJones

(2)190 IBal 190 Withdrawals Darin Jones

2020

IV POST-CLOSING TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry ServicePost-Closing Trial Balance

September30 1991

CashAccounts ReceivablePrepaid AdvertisingLaundry SuppliesLaundry EquipmentAccumulated Depreciation

Laundry EquipmentAccounts PayableSalaries PayableUnearned Laundry RevenueCapital Darin Jones

$1173540

548

Note The closing of all ex-pense and revenue accountsresults in a Post-ClosingTrial Balance consisting ofonly Balance Sheet accounts

$ 1301010

~$245$245

24

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software

v REVERSmG ENTRIES

Adjusting entries sometimes require a unique nonroutine entry early in the next cycle to complete a particulartransaction The September 30th payroll adjustment of $10 to Salaries Expense and Salaries Payable associatedwith the $15 weekly payroll is an example A unique entry must be made on the October 2nd payday to completethe payroll Reversing the September 30 adjustment on October 1 will allow the regular payroll entry on October 2to complete the payroll Regardless of the alternative chosen $10 is charged to Salaries Expense in September$5 in October and the salary liability has been brought to zero

10

Paying Salaries- No ReversingEntryDR

Sept 30 SalariesExpense 10Salaries Payable

Oct 2 SalariesExpenseSalariesPayableCash

CR

510

15

VI CORRECTING ENTRIES

Erasing is never allowed A line may be drawn through journal entry errors discovered beforeposting After posting errors must be corrected with journal entries If a $5 purchase of LaundrySupplies had been posted to Laundry Equipment the following Correcting Entry would be necessary

DR CR5Oct 5 Laundry Supplies

Laundry Equipment 5

VII THE THIRTEEN ACCOUNTING STEPS

1 Journal Entries 4 Adjusting Entries2 Post to Ledger 5 Post to Ledger3 Trial Balance 6 Adjusted Trial

Balance

7 Income Statement8 Balance Sheet

9 Closing Entries10 Post to Ledger11 Post-Closing Trial

Balance

12 ReversingEntries

13 CorrectingEntries

VIII OWNER I S EQUITY VS STOCKHOLDERS I EQUITY

Sole proprietorships and partnerships account for Owners Equity in essentially the same manner only the numberof capital and withdrawal accounts differ Corporations on the other hand replace the capital account with contributedcapital (stock) accounts use dividends to distribute equity to owners and accumulated undistributed profits in theRetained Earnings account Septembers equity transactions for Quick Clean contrasting a sole proprietorship witha corporation appear below Also contrasted are the equity sections of the Balance Sheet

Income SUIUTlary

Capital Darin Jones

64

CRCashCapitalDarin Jones

DR150

150

64

Retained EarningsDividend Payable

Declared a 13 13ltpershare stock dividend

Dividend PayableCash

2020

2020

EQUITY SECTION OF BALANCE SHEET

OWners EquityDarin Jones CapitalSeptember1 1992 $150Net Income $ 64Withdrawals 2Q --MCapitalSeptember30 S194

StockholdersI EquityComnon Stock $1 par 150 shares

authorized and outstandingRetained EarningsTotal Stockholders Equity

$150-HS194

25

PayingSalarJes - ReversingEntryDR CR

Sept 30 Salaries Expense 10

Salaries Payable 10Oct 1 Salaries Payable 10

Salaries Expense 10Oct 2 Salaries Expense 15

Cash 15

STARTING A BUSINESSCR DR

Cash 150150 Comnon Stock

Issued 150 shares of$1 par Common Stock

RECORDING EARNINGS

Income SUIUTlary 6464 Retained Earnings

DISTlUBUTING EARNINGS

WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20Cash 20

CapitalDarin Jones 20WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20

Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library 13has material to help with many 13popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career

UNIT 6 MERCHANDISING

A merchandising company is a Retailer Retailers buymerchandise from manufacturers andor wholesalersmark the merchandise up enough to cover operatingexpenses and make a profit Merchandise bought forre-sale is charged to Purchases Cost of merchandisesold is calculated by subtracting Ending Inventory fromBeginning Inventory plus Net Purchases (including

transportation costs) Sales Discounts and PurchaseDiscounts are given to those who pay early Anexample of discount terms would be 210n30 whichmeans 2 is taken off if paid within 10 days otherwisepay within 30 days Unsatisfactory goods are accountedfor by charging Sales Returns and Allowance orPurchase Returns and Allowance

I LOGIC OF MERCHANDISING DEBITS AND CREDITS

Debits

I Purchases Ilt gt

Credits

SalesI

Note Sales and Purchasesare opposites and thereforehave opposite nonnal balancesTheir return and discountaccounts also have oppositebalancesSales Returns

Sales Discountslt gt Purchase Returns

Purchase Discounts

DARINS MUSIC EMPORIUM

Darin Jones graduated in December of 1994 and after a brief vacation took the accumulation from his Laundry businessand invested $10000 in Darins Music Emporium a retailer of computerized musical instruments Sample JournalEntries and 1995 statements along with Closing Entries appear below Please read transaction descriptions first

II JOURNAL ENTRIES

30

Note Relatedtransactions havebeen boxed

Note The net method ofrecording purchasesassumes the PurchaseDiscount will be takenIf it is not taken aPurchase Discount Lostis recorded PurchaseDiscounts Lost are notconsidered an operatingexpense and are reportedafter operating incomein an Income Statementsection entitled OtherRevenue and Expenses

Jan 3 Purchases 4000Accounts Payable 4000

READ FIRST--gt Merchandisepurchased for $4000on creditfrom L Co invoice dated 11 terms 210n30

Jan 7 Accounts Payable 500Purchase Returns and Allowances 500

Returned $500 of merchandise purchased 11

Jan 11 Accounts Payable 3500Purchase Discount 70Cash 3430

Paid L Co for purchase of 11 less returnand discount

Jan 12 Cash 2000Sales 2000

Recorded Cash Sales of $2000

Jan 14 Accounts Receivable 5000Sales 5000

Recorded credit sale of $5000 to M Coterms 210n30

Jan 18 Sales Returns and Allowances 100Accounts Receivable 100M Co returned$100 of merchandise purchased 114

Jan 24 Cash 4802Sales Discount 98

Accounts Receivable 4900Receivedpayment fromM Co less returnless discount

Feb 2 Purchases 3960Accounts Payable 3960

Merchandise purchased fromZ Cowith a valueof $4000 terms 110n30 - Net Method

Feb 28 Accounts Payable 3960Purchase Discount Lost 40

Cash 4000Paid Z Co for purchase of 22 plus discount lost

Feb 28 Transportation-In 50Cash 50

Paid Transportation charges of $50 formerchandise purchased 22

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional

III LOGIC OF INCOME STATEMENT

Gross Sales- Cost of Goods SoldGross Profit

- Qperati~ ~esInc~ from Operations

IV INCOME STATEMENTDarin Is Music Etrporium

Income StatementFor the Year Ended December 31 1995

Sales RevenueGross Sales

Sales Retuxns and AllowancesSales Discounts

Net Sales

$98000$1000

2QQQ hQQQ$95000

Cost of Goods SoldMerchandise InventoryJanuary 1 1995

PurchasesPurchaseRetuxnsand Allowances $1000

PurchaseDiscounts~ J QQQNet Purchases $35000Plus Transportation-In ~Costof GoodsPurchased ~Goods Availablefor Sale $46000Merchandise InventoryDecember31 1995Cost of Goods Sold

Gross ProfitOperating ExpensesSelling Expenses $22500General and Administrative

ExpensesTotal Operating ExpensesIncome from Operations

$10000$38000

2LQQQ 25QQQ

$70000

Z~3JLQQQ

$40000

Note Being a Sole Proprietorship no federalincome tax is owed by the business Darin willfile an individual return

VI

DR CR

Dec 31 82000Income SummaryBeginning InventorySales Retuxns andAllowances

Sales DiscountsPurchasesTransportation-InSelling ExpensesGeneral and Administrative

Expenses

10000

10002000380001000225007500

Note When the list price of an itemdoes not represent its true price anda discount is stated said discountcalled a trade discount is used tolower the historical cost of the item

CLOSING ENTRIES

DR CR

Dec 31 Ending InventorySalesPurchaseRetuxns andAllowances

PurchaseDiscountsIncome Surrmary

Dec 31 Income SurrmaryCapital Darin Jones

Dec 31 Capital Darin JonesWithdrawals Darin Jones

2100098000

10002000

40000122000

4000036000

36000

Note An al ternative method to closingBeginning Inventory with a $10000 creditand creatingthe Ending Inventory with a$21000 debit would be to adjust inventorywith an $11000 debit Either adjusts forall purchases being treated as an expense

31

v BALANCE SHEETDarins Music Emporium

Balance SheetDecember 31 1995

ASSETSCUrrent Assets

Cash $4000Accounts Receivable 1000Office Supplies 250Merchandise Inventory 21000Prepaid Rent

Total CUrrent Assets $26600

Plant and EquipmentStore Equipment $ 6000Less Accumulated Depreciation ---2QQ $5400

Office Equipment $ 5000Less Accumulated Depreciation LQQQ 9400

Total Assets $36000

LIABILITIES

CUrrent LiabilitiesAccounts Payable S22000

Total Liabilities $22000

OWNERS EQUITY

DarinJones CapitalJanuary 1 1995 $10000

I

Net Income $40000WithdrawalsIncrease in Capital --LQQQ

DarinJones CapitalDecember 31 1995 14000

Total Liabilities and Owners Equity $36000

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library 13has learning materials13classified by user type

UNIT 7 ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS

Accounting Systems are designed to eliminate much ofthe duplication involved in a manual accounting systemUsing carbonized receipts special journals as shownhere and ledger cards allow for much of the accounting

work to be accomplished as receipts are processed andchecks written Special journals are important becausethey provide the basis for computerized accountingsystems

Special JournalPurchases Journal is used for Credit PurchasesSales Journal is for Credit SalesCash Payments Journal is used when Cash is CreditedCash Receipts Journal is used when Cash is Debited

Note The following transactions were originally recorded in the General Journalon page 30 In this section when possible they have been recorded in specialjournals The abbreviation of the journal used follows each transaction

13 Purchased merchandise for $4000 on credit from L Companyinvoice dated 11 terms 210n30 PJ

17 Return $500 of defective merchandise purchased 11 fromL Company GJ

111 Paid L Company for purchases of 11 less returnand discount CPJ

112 Recorded Cash Sales of $2000 CRJ114 Sold $5000 of merchandise to M company termS

210n30 SJ118 M Company returned $100 of merchandise purchased

114 GJ124 M Company paid for sale of 114 less return and

discount CRJ

Note Only creditpurchases areallowed in thePurchase Journal

PURCHASES JOURNAL Page 1

CASH PA2MENTS JOURNAL Page 1

Note When posting place the number of the ledger account below the amount posted A check ()should be placed in the Post Reference Column to indicate posting to a Subsidiary Ledger

GENERAL LEDGER

CASH (1)

22802 I 7680Bal 15122

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (3)

11000 I 10900--1QQ

PURCHASES

7960 I

PURCHASE RETURNS (52)

I 500

f51l

M CO1PaIlyen

5000 It~gg

A CO1Pany6000 I 6000

I

PURCHASEPIi~ 531

TRANS~iArCN-TN (0lt1

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

TRAVEL EXPENSES (68)

200 I

PURCHASE DISCOUNT LOST (70)

40 I

36

POSTDAIE ACCOUNT IERMS REF AMOUNT

13 L Company 210n30 400022 Z Company 110n30

7960

(51) (31)

I DATE I EXPLANATIOOIIIRRTl TS DEBITS

PURCHASE POST ACCOUNTS TRAVEL OTHER

POST ICASH DISCOUNTS REF PAYABLE PURCHASES EXPENSE DEBITS REF AMOUNT

111 Paid L Co 1 3430 70 3500 Purchase228 Paid Z Co 2 4000 3960 Discount

I Lost 70 40228 Paid Trans - In 3 50

I

Trans In 55 5035 Paid Travel 4 --ZQQ 2QQ I

I

7680 70 7460 200

I

90(1) (53) (31) (68)

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes Books provide help for accounting economics statistics and basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Professional Development Resources Center 13has material to enhance your career

22 Purchase $4000of merchandisefrom Z Companyterms110n30- Net Method usedPJ228 Paid Z Company for purchase of 22 plus purchase discount lost CPJ228 Paid transportation charges of $50 for merchandise purchased 102 CPJ

Addi tiona1 Transactions

31 Signed a $10000 Note Payable with First Bank Corporation cash deposited today CRJ32 Sold $6000 of merchandise to A Company terms 210n30 SJ35 Paid Travel Expense of $200 CPJ330 A Company paid today CRJ

Note The General Journal is used for Ientries that do not easily fit into aspecial journal Also included areAdjusting Closing Reversing andCorrecting Entries

Note Only Credit Sales areallowed in the Sales Journal

SALES JOURNAL Page1 GENERAL JOURNAL Page1

CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL Page1

CASH SALES (40)

I 2000

ACCOCINTSPAYABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

L CO1Pany Z Corqpany

~ I 4000 3960 I 39604000

=~ir

fUl

CashPurchasesPurchase ReturnsPurchase DiscountsTransportation-In 50TravelExpense 200Purchase Discount Lost 40Notes PayableCash SalesCredit SalesSalesReturns andAllowances

Sales Discounts

$ 151227960

$ 50070

ACCOUNTSPAYABLE (31)

7460 I 7960~~

Bal -0-

CREDIT SALES (41)

I 11000

Darin Is Music EmporiumTrial BalanceMarch 31 1996

NOTES PAYABLE (32)

I 10000

SALES RETURNSAND ALLOWANCES (42)

100 I 100002000

11000

100~

~5JQ ~570

31

INVOICE POSTDATE ACCOUNT NUMBER REF AMOUNT

114 M Conpany 1 J 500032 A Company 2 J

11000(3) (41)

DATE EXPLANATION PR DR CR

17 Accounts Payable - L Co 31 500Purchase Returns 52 500

118 Sales Returns 42 100Accounts Receivable - 3 100

M Co

I IDEBTi (R1ltTIIT

SALES POST ACCOUNTS CASH OTHER I POST IEXPLANATION CASH DISCOUNTS REF RECEIVABLE SALES CREDITS REF AMOUNT

112 Weekly Sales 2000 2000124 M Company 4802 98 J 490031 Signed Note 10000

I

Notes 32 10000330 A Company J hQQQ PayableI

I

22802 98i

10900 2000 10000(1) (43) i (3) (40) I I (32)

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library has has material to help with many popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library has free accounting mathematics and statistics software
Page 3: OVERVIEW OF THE ACCOUNI'ING CYCLE Cycle from Quick Notes.pdfAccounting is the process of tracking these financial activities and summarizing them for interested parties (owners, managers,

VI TEMPORARY OWNERS EQUITY STORAGE ACCOUNTS

WITHDRAWALS is a storage account used to record periodic decreasesin Owners Equity by sole proprietors and partners

EXPENSES represent a decrease in Owners Equitycaused by a decrease in Assets (usually Cash) or anincrease in Liabilities (Salaries Payable AccountsPayable etc) resulting from normal business activityExamples include Salaries Advertising and Interest

REVENUE represents an increase in Owners Equitycaused by an increase in Assets (usually Cash orAccounts Receivable) resulting from normal businessactivity Examples include Sales Interest Income andRent Revenue

VII DEBITS AND CREDITS

Please relate the definitions in Part VI to the expanded schematic below

ASSETSDR

I

CR+ -

= LIABILITIES

DR I C~

Expense Revenue and Withdrawals are temporarystorage accounts used to track changes in OwnersEquity and their positive or normal balance is consistentwith the eventual change to be made in Owners EquityThat is expenses and withdrawals are debits becausethey will eventually lower Owners Equity and

Revenue is a credit because it will eventually increaseOwners Equity Revenue Expense and Withdrawalsmay also be thought of as changes in Assets andorLiabilities which cause Owners Equity to change Thelogic of this system will become more apparent as youbecome more familiar with Part One of Quick Notes

Assets Liabilities

ANALYZING TRANSACTIONS - SAMPLE PROBLEM+ OWners Equity

VIII=

7 Darin withdrew $20 for personal usecash

I 20

Withdrawals Darin Jones

20 I

8 Cash collected for Laundry services performed during the monthamounted to $140 $10 was also due for services rendered

~140 I

AccountsReceivable

10 I

Laundrv Revenue

I 150

9 Paid $75 for the use of washers and dryers for SeptemberCash WasherDrver Exoense

I 75 75 I

10 Received $5 on accountCash

5 I

Accounts Receivable

I 5

11 On Sept 26 two students paid $10 for next weeks Laundry ServiceCash Unearned Laundrv Revenue

20 I I 20

12 Paid monthly phone bill of $10Cash

I 10

3

TeleDhone Exoense

10 I

+ OWNERS EOUITYDR

I

CR+

WITHDRAWALS

RI

CR-

EXPENSES REVENUE

RI

CR

DR ICR- - +

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Books has useful 13materials covering many business 13subjects
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library has learning materials classified by user type
Owner
Text Box
Business Book Mall has material13 to enhance your career

UNIT 2ASSETSDR

CR+ -

I JOURNALENTRIESIn the preceding learning unit transactions were recorded in T accounts because students find it easier to analyze trans-actions with T accounts This learning unit makes the transition from T accounts to Journal Entries the first step ofthe accounting process

ANALYZING TRANSACIIONSAssets Liabilities Owner IS Equity+

1 Darin Jones a sophomore at State University started theQuick Clean Laundry Service with a $100 cash investment

Cash Capital Darin Jones100 I I 100

2 On Sept 1 paid $50Pr~id Advertising50 I

~I

for 5 months of ads in the school newspaper

50

3 On Sept 1 purchased Laundry Supplies for $25 cashLaundry S~plies25 I

CashI 25

4 On Sept 1 purchased $48 of Laundry Equipment paying $8

Laundry Eqlipment Accounts Payable48 I I 40

CashI 8

5 Darin made an additional~

I

down

50

investment of $50

Capital Darin Jones[ 50

6 Paid one-fourth the amount owed on the Laundry EquipmentCash Accounts Payable

I 10 10 I

7 Darinwithdrew$20 for personaluseCash WithdrawalsDarin Jones

I 20 20 I

8 Cash collected for Laundry Services performed during the monthamounted to $140 $10 was also due for services rendered

140~

I

Laundry RevenueI 150

AccountsReceivable

10 I

9 Paid $75 for the use of washers and dryers for SeptemberCash WasherDJyer~e

I 75 75 I

10 Received $5 on accountCash

5 I

Accounts ReceivableI 5

11 On Sept 26 two students paid $10 for next week Is Laundry ServiceCash UnearnedLaundryRevenue

20 I I 20

12 Paid monthly phone bill of $10Cash

I 10Telephone~se10 I

8

JOURNALIZING TRANSACTIONSDR CR

Account Debited XXXAccount Credited XXX

CashCapitalDarin Jones

100100

Prepaid AdvertisingCash

5050

CashAccounts Receivable

Laundry Revenue

14010

150

WasherDryer ExpenseCash

7575

CashAccountsReceivable

55

RECORDING TRANSACTIONS= LIABILITIES + OWNERSEOUITY

DR I DR

I

CR- +

WITHDRAWAT R

DR I CR

EXPENSES REVENUE+ -

DR I CR DR I CR+ - - +

LaundrySupplies 25Cash 25

LaundryEquipment 48Cash 8Accounts Payable 40

Cash 50CapitalDarin Jones 50

Accounts Payable 10Cash 10

WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20Cash 20

Cash 20UnearnedLaundry

Revenue 20

Telephone Expense 10Cash 10

Owner
Text Box
Google Free Quick Notes Books for your 13copies of Quick Notes Accounting Economics Statistics and Excel Statistics Lab Manual
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors can help you learn13

II GENERAL LEDGER

Accounts Payable(6) 10 I (4) 40

Capital Darin Jones

1

(1) 100(5) 50

Unearned LaunCby RevenuesI (11) 20

Accounts Receivable(8) 10 I (10) 5

WithdrawalsDarin Jones

(7) 201

Pre~aid Advertising(2) 50 I

LaunCby Supplies(3) 25

Washer Dryer~se

(9) 7S1

Tele~hone ~nse(12) 10 I

LaundryRevenue

1(8) 150

LaunCby E~ipment(4)8

III TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceTrial Balance

September 30 1991

Note Transaction No1 has been formally journalized and posted belowPR stands for Post Reference The relevant account number or GeneralJournal page number is placed in the PR column at the time of posting

IV GENERAL JOURNAL Page

v GENERAL LEDGER

9

(1) 100 (2) 50(5) 50 (3) 25(8) 140 (4) 8

(10) 5 (6) 10(11) -2Q (7) 20

315 (9) 75- (12) JQ

Bal 117 198

Cash $117Accounts Receivable 5Prepaid Advertising 50Laundry Supplies 2SLaundry Equipment 48Accounts Payable $ 30Unearned Laundry Revenue 20Capital Darin Jones 150Withdrawals Darin Jones 20Laundry Revenue 150WasherDryer Expense 7STelephone Expense -ll

$350$350

DATE ACCOUNTTITLE AND EXPLANATION PRI

DEBITII

CREDIT

Sept 1 Cash 1 100 00

Capital Darin Jones 100 100 00

To record cash investment

CASH ACCOUNTNO1DATE EXPLANATION PR I DEBIT

II

CREDITI

BALANCE

Sept 1 1 100 00 100 00

l)lRTN r()NR NO lO(DATE EXPLANATION PR DEBIT CREDIT BALANCE

Sept 1 1 100 00 100 00

Owner
Text Box
Our Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library 13has material to help with many 13popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library has free accounting mathematics and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors13Help You Learn

UNIT 3 CASH VERSUS ACCRUAL ACCOUNTING

I Introduction

A The income statement measures business activity

B This activity affects the financial condition of a business as pictured by the balance sheet

C Procedural choices exist when measuring business activity1 For example there are a number of inventory methods to choose from when valuing inventory

Each results in a different value for ending inventory a different cost of goods sold a differentgross profit and a different measure of income All for the same business activity

2 Different possible measures of business activity lead to different possible financial pictures forthe same company

3 Understanding these procedural choices and their effect on the financial picture of a companyare an important aspect of accounting

II Recognizing Revenue and Expenses

A In accounting recognition is when a financial activity is recorded and becomes partof the financial statements

B Recognizing revenue and expenses determines their distribution to particular accountingperiods Profit is thus being allocated among periods1 How do you account for goods sold for $25000 in December 1996 which were paid for

in March 1997 if the accounting period ends on December 31 1996 The goods weregone when the 1996 balance sheet was made but the money did not come in until 1997

2 How do you account for a $7000 computer paid for in November that will last three years

III Cash Basis Accounting

A Cash basis accounting records revenue and expenses when cash enters and leaves the business

B Advantages of cash basis accounting1 It is easy to do2 It is objective with few choices to make Cash either comes in or goes out period

C Disadvantages of cash basis accounting1 No attempt is made to match an expense with the revenue it generates

This means that the income statement and balance sheet may not be goodpictures of recent business activity and present business conditions

2 For example the cash purchase of an expensive computer will all becharged in the year of purchase even though it will last a number of yearsThis means that income in the year of purchase would be understated andincome would be overstated in the following years

3 When business activity involves inventory assets cash basis accounting is notallowed for income tax purposes by the Internal Revenue Service

16

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library 13has learning materials13classified by user type
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library has material to help with many popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors can help you learn

IV Accrual Basis Accounting

A Accrual basis accounting records the financial effects of a business activity in the period the effect occurs1 Revenue is recognized (recorded) when earned (the goods were legally transferred or the service performed)

a Cash may come in before revenue is earned as with a subscription magazineb Cash may come in when revenue is earned as with the sale of a Dominos pizzac Cash may come in after revenue is earned as with the acceptance of a credit

card for the sale of a television

d In all cases revenue is earned when the item changes legal ownership2 Expenses are recognized when their benefit is received

a Cash may go out before the benefit as with the payment of next years annual property taxes in Septemberb Cash may go out when the benefit is received as with the payment of a bridge tollc Cash may go out after the benefit is received as with the payment of this periods payroll in the next periodd In all cases the expense is recorded when the benefit is received

3 Accrual accounting is based on matching an expense with the revenue it helps generate (matching principle)4 When an accounting activity spans more than one accounting period an adjustment is needed at the end of

the first period to assure that the revenue is recorded when earned and the expenses are recognized with theirbenefit

B Accruals and deferrals

1 Accruals and deferrals are required to conform with the matching principle2 Accruals are needed when something has affected the income statement and is unrecorded

a Accrued revenues have been earned but not recorded Example Construction work hasbeen done but not received It must be recorded with the amount to be received reported asconstruction revenue on the income statement and accounts receivable on the balance sheet

b Accrued expenses have been incurred but not recorded Example Salaries are earned byemployees but not paid They must be recorded with the a~ount to be paid reported assalaries expense on the income statement and salaries payable on the balance sheet

3 Deferrals refer to situations where cash is received orpaid and the income statement has not been affecteda Deferred revenue has been received in advance

Example Revenue from a two-year magazine subscription is received in Octoberand the first magazine wont be sent until next year This deferred revenue isreported as the liability unearned subscription revenue on the balance sheet

b Deferred expenses have been paid in advance Example Liability insurance for oneyear is paid in March and coverage begins in April This deferred expense is reportedas the asset prepaid insurance on the balance sheet

C The advantages and disadvantages of accrual basis accounting1 Accrual accounting measures current income more accurately than the cash method

a This means that the balance sheet is a more accurate estimate of financial position (value)b Accurate current information makes it easier to predict future income and financial position

2 Accrual accounting is difficult to understanda Confusion exists because net income does not equal the periods change in cashb The cash balance of a company with high income may even decrease during the yearc For example a rapidly growing profitable retailer may face a shortage of cash for

many reasons1) Rapid growth often requires large inventories New retailers often find

that suppliers will not grant credit This combination increases cash outflows2) Gaining market share may require a retailer to grant easy credit terms

This decreases cash inflows3) As a result a very successful business may not have adequate cash

17

Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
MBA Internet Library will help 13with acceptance graduation 13and career advancement
Owner
Line

UNIT 4 ADJUSTMENTS WORKSHEET AND STATEMENTS

Adjusting Entries are needed because it is uneconomical to make changes daily to some accounts and for othersvital information is not known until the end of the account period When analyzing these September 30Adjusting Entries consider the relevant account balances listed in the Trial Balance the change described in thetransaction descriptions and the relevant Journal Entries on page 8

I DEBITS AND CREDITS

~

~RI CR

LIABILITIESDR

I

CR

- +

+ OWNERS EOUITYDR

I

CR- +

WITHDRAWAlS EXPENSES

~RI~ ~RI CR

REVENUEDR

I

CR- +

II TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry SezviceTrial Balance

September 30 1991

III ADJUSTING JOURNAL ENTRIESSample Problem Adjustments - Wednesday September 30 1991

ANALYZING TRANSACTIONS

Assets Liabilities Owner IS Equity+

a One month of scheduled advertising appearedin the school newspaper See transaction 2 page 8

Prepaid AdvertisingI 10

Advertising Expense10 I

b A count of Laundry SUpplies revealed $5 worth on hand

Laundry SqppliesI 20

Laun~20 ~ly Expense

c Depreciation was taken on $48 of equipment with a usefullife of 4 years

AcCtU1lUlated Depreciation

Laundty~ipmentI 1

Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Eqlipment1 I

Note Depreciation is accumulated and subtractedfrom the relevant asset on the Balance Sheet

d On Friday October 2nd Darin would pay his first enployeewho worked Monday Wednesday and Friday $15 for the week

Salaries PayableI 10

Salaries Expense10 I

e Laundry Sezvicesfor one of the two students who had paidin advance had been performed as of 93091

Unearned Laundry Revenue Laundty Revenue10 I I 10

f On Tuesday September 29 services had been finishedfor 3 studentswho promised to pay $10 each on 105

Accounts Receivable30 I Launampy Revenue30

18

JOURNALIZING TRANSACTIONS

DR CR

a Advertising ExpensePrepaid Advertising

To record advertisingexpired

1010

b Laundry Supply Expense 20Laundry Supplies

To record Laundry Suppliesused

20

c Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Equipment 1

Accumulated DepreciationLaundry Equipment

Septembers Depreciationrecorded

1

d SalariesExpense 10Salaries PayableTo record salaries earnedbut not paid

10

e Unearned Laundry Revenue 10Laundry Revenue

To record Laundry Feesearned

10

f Accounts ReceivableLaundry Revenue

To record Laundry Feesearned

3030

Cash $117Accounts Receivable 5Prepaid Advertising 50Laundry Supplies 25Laundry Equipment 48Accounts Payable $ 30Unearned Laundry Revenue 20

Capital Darin Jones 150Withdrawals Darin Jones 20Laundry Revenue 150

Washer7DIyer Expense 75

Telephone Expense$350$350

Owner
Text Box
Business Book Mall has material 13to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors will help you learn

WORKSHEETIV

A worksheet begins with a Trial Balance Adjustments based upon data accumulated during the period are madeHorizontal extensions with like balances being added and unlike balances being subtracted result in an AdjustedTrial Balance Each account is then extended to the proper (similar) column of the Income Statement or BalanceSheet Income is then added to both the Income Statement and Balance Sheet to prove the Worksheet

1BalanceSheet I

117 I35 I40 I

5 I48 I

30 I10 I

liLl1

1

IIIIIIIIII

1

IJQ I201 I--H 1265 I

I

rIIICashIAccounts Receivable

1 Prepaid Advertising

I

Launfuy SttPpliesLaundry EquipmentIAccounts Payable1Unearned Laundry Revenue

I Capital Darin JonesIWithdrawals - Darin Jones 201 Laundry RevenueI

1WasherDryer Expense

[TelePhone ~eIAdvertising Expense

I Laundry Supplies ExpenseI Depreciation ExpenseI LaundJy EquipmentIAccumulated Depreciation

I LaundryEquipmentI Salaries ExpenseISalaries PayableI

I

l

IncomeStatementTripl Balance

1175

5025

48

Adjustments

(f) 30(a) 10M2Q

3020

J5Q(e) 10

20(e) 10(f) 30

150 190

75lQ

350

7512

350(a) 10(b) 20

1020

icl 1 1

(c) 1(d) 10 10

- Ml lQBl__Rl

--265126 190

--H -190 190 265

Note Income represents the net changes in assets and liabilities occurring during the period Because Revenue(asset increases) were greater than expenses (asset decreases or liability increases) the debit column of the BalanceSheet is higher than the credit column by an amount equal to net income This occurred because equity changeshave been temporarily stored in Income Statement accounts The Closing Process explained in the next unit willformally increase Owners Equity by the proper amount

V ACCOUNTING STATEMENTSrI

1

j

I

I ASSETS Current Assets

I

CashAccountsReceivablePrepaidAdvertising

I LaundrySupplies Plant and Equipment LaundryEquipment Less AccurmJlated

$ 11 Depreciation301 Total Assets10 [10

150120

I190

I

1IIIIII

$117 1

35 1

40 I

5 I

I

$48 I

-1

---fl I

$244 1

-I1

I

$ 30 I

10 I

~$ 50

I

I

I

$150 I$64 I-2QM I

~II

$244 1

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceBalance Sheet

September 30 1991I I

I Note SectionV hasbeen I

arranged to show how Balance 1

Sheet accounts come from the I

I top of the Trial Balance and 1I IncomeStatementaccounts 1

I come from the bottomof the I

I Trial Balance I

I I

r

I

I

I

I Cash

IAccounts ReceivableIPrepaid AdvertisingILaundry Supplies

j

Laundry EquipmentAccurmJlated Depreciation

Laundry EquipmentIAccounts PayableISalaries Payable

1991 1 Unearned Laundry Revenue1 Capital Darin JonesIWithdrawals Darin Jones

$190 ILaundry RevenueI Advertising Expense

I

Salaries ExpenseWasherDryer ExpenseITelephone ExpenseILaundry Supply Expense

I

Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Equipment

I

~I$ 64

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceAdjusted Trial BalanceSeptember 30 1991

$1173540

548

rI1 Quick Clean LaundryServiceI Income Statement

I

For the Month Ended Sept 30

RevenueI LaundryRevenueI

I

I

I

I

I

I

LIABILITIESCUrrent Liabilities

Accounts PayableSalaries PayableUnearned Laundry Revenue

Total CUrrent Liabilities1010751020

Operating ExpensesAdvertisingSalaries

WasherDryerTelephoneLaundry SuppliesDepreciationLaundryEquipment --1

Total Operating ExpensesNet Income

$1010751020

OWNER IS EQUITY

Capital Sept 1Net IncomeWithdrawalsCapitalSept 30Total Liabilities+

Owner Is Equity

~ J

$391 $3911

Note Now that the concept of normal balances has been fIrmly established that is assets and expenses have debitbalances and revenues liabilities equity and contra assets (accumulated depreciation) have credit balances it willno longer be necessary to restrict statement presentations to two columns with debit balances always to the left ofcredit balances The above statements have been so constructed

19

AdjustedTrial Balance

1173540

548

3010

15020

190

75lQ

1020

l

110

JQ391 391

Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors can help

UNIT 5 COMPLETING THE ACCOUNTING CYCLE

I ACCOUNTING STATEMENTS

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceBalance Sheet

September 30 1991

ASSETSCurrent Assets

CashAccounts ReceivablePrepaid AdvertisingLaundry SuppliesPlant and Equipment

Laundry EquipmentLess Accumulated

DepreciationTotal Assets

$11735405

Now that Financial Statements have been made amountstemporarily stored in expense revenue and the withdrawalsaccounts may be moved to the equity account A new accountentitled Income Summary will be used to calculate incomewhich will then be moved to Owners Equity

$48---1

-fl$244

LIABILITIESCurrent Liabilities

Accounts Payable $ 30Salaries Payable 10Unearned Laundry Revenue ---1Q

Total Current Liabilities $ 50

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceIncome Statement

For the Month Ended Sept 30 1991

~

$244

RevenueLaundry Revenue

Operating ExpensesWasherDryer Expense $75Telephone Expense 10Advertising Expense 10Laundry Supply Expense 20Depreciation Expense 1SalariesExpense 1Q

Total Operating ExpensesNet Income

$190

OWNERS EQUITY

Capital Sept1Income $64Withdrawals -2Q ~Capital Sept 30Total Liabilities +

Owners Equity

$150

~$ 64

II CLOSING PROCESS LOGIC III CLOSING JOURNAL ENTRIES

Step 1 Reduce Expenses to zeroStep 2 Reduce Revenues to zeroStep 3 Reduce IncomeSummary to zeroStep 4 Reduce Withdrawals to zero

Owner 1s Equity(4) 20

I

Bal 150(3) 64

Sept 30 Income SummaryWasherDryer ExpenseTelephone ExpenseAdvertising ExpenseLaundry Supply ExpenseDepreciation ExpenseSalaries Expense

Sept 30 Laundry RevenueIncome Summary

DR126

CR

75101020110

190190

Withdrawals

Bal 20 I (4) 20Income Summary

(1)126 I (2) 190(3) 64

Sept 30 Income SummaryCapital Darin Jones

6464

~es

Bal 126 I (1) 126Revenue Sept 30 CapitalDarinJones

(2)190 IBal 190 Withdrawals Darin Jones

2020

IV POST-CLOSING TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry ServicePost-Closing Trial Balance

September30 1991

CashAccounts ReceivablePrepaid AdvertisingLaundry SuppliesLaundry EquipmentAccumulated Depreciation

Laundry EquipmentAccounts PayableSalaries PayableUnearned Laundry RevenueCapital Darin Jones

$1173540

548

Note The closing of all ex-pense and revenue accountsresults in a Post-ClosingTrial Balance consisting ofonly Balance Sheet accounts

$ 1301010

~$245$245

24

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software

v REVERSmG ENTRIES

Adjusting entries sometimes require a unique nonroutine entry early in the next cycle to complete a particulartransaction The September 30th payroll adjustment of $10 to Salaries Expense and Salaries Payable associatedwith the $15 weekly payroll is an example A unique entry must be made on the October 2nd payday to completethe payroll Reversing the September 30 adjustment on October 1 will allow the regular payroll entry on October 2to complete the payroll Regardless of the alternative chosen $10 is charged to Salaries Expense in September$5 in October and the salary liability has been brought to zero

10

Paying Salaries- No ReversingEntryDR

Sept 30 SalariesExpense 10Salaries Payable

Oct 2 SalariesExpenseSalariesPayableCash

CR

510

15

VI CORRECTING ENTRIES

Erasing is never allowed A line may be drawn through journal entry errors discovered beforeposting After posting errors must be corrected with journal entries If a $5 purchase of LaundrySupplies had been posted to Laundry Equipment the following Correcting Entry would be necessary

DR CR5Oct 5 Laundry Supplies

Laundry Equipment 5

VII THE THIRTEEN ACCOUNTING STEPS

1 Journal Entries 4 Adjusting Entries2 Post to Ledger 5 Post to Ledger3 Trial Balance 6 Adjusted Trial

Balance

7 Income Statement8 Balance Sheet

9 Closing Entries10 Post to Ledger11 Post-Closing Trial

Balance

12 ReversingEntries

13 CorrectingEntries

VIII OWNER I S EQUITY VS STOCKHOLDERS I EQUITY

Sole proprietorships and partnerships account for Owners Equity in essentially the same manner only the numberof capital and withdrawal accounts differ Corporations on the other hand replace the capital account with contributedcapital (stock) accounts use dividends to distribute equity to owners and accumulated undistributed profits in theRetained Earnings account Septembers equity transactions for Quick Clean contrasting a sole proprietorship witha corporation appear below Also contrasted are the equity sections of the Balance Sheet

Income SUIUTlary

Capital Darin Jones

64

CRCashCapitalDarin Jones

DR150

150

64

Retained EarningsDividend Payable

Declared a 13 13ltpershare stock dividend

Dividend PayableCash

2020

2020

EQUITY SECTION OF BALANCE SHEET

OWners EquityDarin Jones CapitalSeptember1 1992 $150Net Income $ 64Withdrawals 2Q --MCapitalSeptember30 S194

StockholdersI EquityComnon Stock $1 par 150 shares

authorized and outstandingRetained EarningsTotal Stockholders Equity

$150-HS194

25

PayingSalarJes - ReversingEntryDR CR

Sept 30 Salaries Expense 10

Salaries Payable 10Oct 1 Salaries Payable 10

Salaries Expense 10Oct 2 Salaries Expense 15

Cash 15

STARTING A BUSINESSCR DR

Cash 150150 Comnon Stock

Issued 150 shares of$1 par Common Stock

RECORDING EARNINGS

Income SUIUTlary 6464 Retained Earnings

DISTlUBUTING EARNINGS

WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20Cash 20

CapitalDarin Jones 20WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20

Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library 13has material to help with many 13popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career

UNIT 6 MERCHANDISING

A merchandising company is a Retailer Retailers buymerchandise from manufacturers andor wholesalersmark the merchandise up enough to cover operatingexpenses and make a profit Merchandise bought forre-sale is charged to Purchases Cost of merchandisesold is calculated by subtracting Ending Inventory fromBeginning Inventory plus Net Purchases (including

transportation costs) Sales Discounts and PurchaseDiscounts are given to those who pay early Anexample of discount terms would be 210n30 whichmeans 2 is taken off if paid within 10 days otherwisepay within 30 days Unsatisfactory goods are accountedfor by charging Sales Returns and Allowance orPurchase Returns and Allowance

I LOGIC OF MERCHANDISING DEBITS AND CREDITS

Debits

I Purchases Ilt gt

Credits

SalesI

Note Sales and Purchasesare opposites and thereforehave opposite nonnal balancesTheir return and discountaccounts also have oppositebalancesSales Returns

Sales Discountslt gt Purchase Returns

Purchase Discounts

DARINS MUSIC EMPORIUM

Darin Jones graduated in December of 1994 and after a brief vacation took the accumulation from his Laundry businessand invested $10000 in Darins Music Emporium a retailer of computerized musical instruments Sample JournalEntries and 1995 statements along with Closing Entries appear below Please read transaction descriptions first

II JOURNAL ENTRIES

30

Note Relatedtransactions havebeen boxed

Note The net method ofrecording purchasesassumes the PurchaseDiscount will be takenIf it is not taken aPurchase Discount Lostis recorded PurchaseDiscounts Lost are notconsidered an operatingexpense and are reportedafter operating incomein an Income Statementsection entitled OtherRevenue and Expenses

Jan 3 Purchases 4000Accounts Payable 4000

READ FIRST--gt Merchandisepurchased for $4000on creditfrom L Co invoice dated 11 terms 210n30

Jan 7 Accounts Payable 500Purchase Returns and Allowances 500

Returned $500 of merchandise purchased 11

Jan 11 Accounts Payable 3500Purchase Discount 70Cash 3430

Paid L Co for purchase of 11 less returnand discount

Jan 12 Cash 2000Sales 2000

Recorded Cash Sales of $2000

Jan 14 Accounts Receivable 5000Sales 5000

Recorded credit sale of $5000 to M Coterms 210n30

Jan 18 Sales Returns and Allowances 100Accounts Receivable 100M Co returned$100 of merchandise purchased 114

Jan 24 Cash 4802Sales Discount 98

Accounts Receivable 4900Receivedpayment fromM Co less returnless discount

Feb 2 Purchases 3960Accounts Payable 3960

Merchandise purchased fromZ Cowith a valueof $4000 terms 110n30 - Net Method

Feb 28 Accounts Payable 3960Purchase Discount Lost 40

Cash 4000Paid Z Co for purchase of 22 plus discount lost

Feb 28 Transportation-In 50Cash 50

Paid Transportation charges of $50 formerchandise purchased 22

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional

III LOGIC OF INCOME STATEMENT

Gross Sales- Cost of Goods SoldGross Profit

- Qperati~ ~esInc~ from Operations

IV INCOME STATEMENTDarin Is Music Etrporium

Income StatementFor the Year Ended December 31 1995

Sales RevenueGross Sales

Sales Retuxns and AllowancesSales Discounts

Net Sales

$98000$1000

2QQQ hQQQ$95000

Cost of Goods SoldMerchandise InventoryJanuary 1 1995

PurchasesPurchaseRetuxnsand Allowances $1000

PurchaseDiscounts~ J QQQNet Purchases $35000Plus Transportation-In ~Costof GoodsPurchased ~Goods Availablefor Sale $46000Merchandise InventoryDecember31 1995Cost of Goods Sold

Gross ProfitOperating ExpensesSelling Expenses $22500General and Administrative

ExpensesTotal Operating ExpensesIncome from Operations

$10000$38000

2LQQQ 25QQQ

$70000

Z~3JLQQQ

$40000

Note Being a Sole Proprietorship no federalincome tax is owed by the business Darin willfile an individual return

VI

DR CR

Dec 31 82000Income SummaryBeginning InventorySales Retuxns andAllowances

Sales DiscountsPurchasesTransportation-InSelling ExpensesGeneral and Administrative

Expenses

10000

10002000380001000225007500

Note When the list price of an itemdoes not represent its true price anda discount is stated said discountcalled a trade discount is used tolower the historical cost of the item

CLOSING ENTRIES

DR CR

Dec 31 Ending InventorySalesPurchaseRetuxns andAllowances

PurchaseDiscountsIncome Surrmary

Dec 31 Income SurrmaryCapital Darin Jones

Dec 31 Capital Darin JonesWithdrawals Darin Jones

2100098000

10002000

40000122000

4000036000

36000

Note An al ternative method to closingBeginning Inventory with a $10000 creditand creatingthe Ending Inventory with a$21000 debit would be to adjust inventorywith an $11000 debit Either adjusts forall purchases being treated as an expense

31

v BALANCE SHEETDarins Music Emporium

Balance SheetDecember 31 1995

ASSETSCUrrent Assets

Cash $4000Accounts Receivable 1000Office Supplies 250Merchandise Inventory 21000Prepaid Rent

Total CUrrent Assets $26600

Plant and EquipmentStore Equipment $ 6000Less Accumulated Depreciation ---2QQ $5400

Office Equipment $ 5000Less Accumulated Depreciation LQQQ 9400

Total Assets $36000

LIABILITIES

CUrrent LiabilitiesAccounts Payable S22000

Total Liabilities $22000

OWNERS EQUITY

DarinJones CapitalJanuary 1 1995 $10000

I

Net Income $40000WithdrawalsIncrease in Capital --LQQQ

DarinJones CapitalDecember 31 1995 14000

Total Liabilities and Owners Equity $36000

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library 13has learning materials13classified by user type

UNIT 7 ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS

Accounting Systems are designed to eliminate much ofthe duplication involved in a manual accounting systemUsing carbonized receipts special journals as shownhere and ledger cards allow for much of the accounting

work to be accomplished as receipts are processed andchecks written Special journals are important becausethey provide the basis for computerized accountingsystems

Special JournalPurchases Journal is used for Credit PurchasesSales Journal is for Credit SalesCash Payments Journal is used when Cash is CreditedCash Receipts Journal is used when Cash is Debited

Note The following transactions were originally recorded in the General Journalon page 30 In this section when possible they have been recorded in specialjournals The abbreviation of the journal used follows each transaction

13 Purchased merchandise for $4000 on credit from L Companyinvoice dated 11 terms 210n30 PJ

17 Return $500 of defective merchandise purchased 11 fromL Company GJ

111 Paid L Company for purchases of 11 less returnand discount CPJ

112 Recorded Cash Sales of $2000 CRJ114 Sold $5000 of merchandise to M company termS

210n30 SJ118 M Company returned $100 of merchandise purchased

114 GJ124 M Company paid for sale of 114 less return and

discount CRJ

Note Only creditpurchases areallowed in thePurchase Journal

PURCHASES JOURNAL Page 1

CASH PA2MENTS JOURNAL Page 1

Note When posting place the number of the ledger account below the amount posted A check ()should be placed in the Post Reference Column to indicate posting to a Subsidiary Ledger

GENERAL LEDGER

CASH (1)

22802 I 7680Bal 15122

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (3)

11000 I 10900--1QQ

PURCHASES

7960 I

PURCHASE RETURNS (52)

I 500

f51l

M CO1PaIlyen

5000 It~gg

A CO1Pany6000 I 6000

I

PURCHASEPIi~ 531

TRANS~iArCN-TN (0lt1

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

TRAVEL EXPENSES (68)

200 I

PURCHASE DISCOUNT LOST (70)

40 I

36

POSTDAIE ACCOUNT IERMS REF AMOUNT

13 L Company 210n30 400022 Z Company 110n30

7960

(51) (31)

I DATE I EXPLANATIOOIIIRRTl TS DEBITS

PURCHASE POST ACCOUNTS TRAVEL OTHER

POST ICASH DISCOUNTS REF PAYABLE PURCHASES EXPENSE DEBITS REF AMOUNT

111 Paid L Co 1 3430 70 3500 Purchase228 Paid Z Co 2 4000 3960 Discount

I Lost 70 40228 Paid Trans - In 3 50

I

Trans In 55 5035 Paid Travel 4 --ZQQ 2QQ I

I

7680 70 7460 200

I

90(1) (53) (31) (68)

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes Books provide help for accounting economics statistics and basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Professional Development Resources Center 13has material to enhance your career

22 Purchase $4000of merchandisefrom Z Companyterms110n30- Net Method usedPJ228 Paid Z Company for purchase of 22 plus purchase discount lost CPJ228 Paid transportation charges of $50 for merchandise purchased 102 CPJ

Addi tiona1 Transactions

31 Signed a $10000 Note Payable with First Bank Corporation cash deposited today CRJ32 Sold $6000 of merchandise to A Company terms 210n30 SJ35 Paid Travel Expense of $200 CPJ330 A Company paid today CRJ

Note The General Journal is used for Ientries that do not easily fit into aspecial journal Also included areAdjusting Closing Reversing andCorrecting Entries

Note Only Credit Sales areallowed in the Sales Journal

SALES JOURNAL Page1 GENERAL JOURNAL Page1

CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL Page1

CASH SALES (40)

I 2000

ACCOCINTSPAYABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

L CO1Pany Z Corqpany

~ I 4000 3960 I 39604000

=~ir

fUl

CashPurchasesPurchase ReturnsPurchase DiscountsTransportation-In 50TravelExpense 200Purchase Discount Lost 40Notes PayableCash SalesCredit SalesSalesReturns andAllowances

Sales Discounts

$ 151227960

$ 50070

ACCOUNTSPAYABLE (31)

7460 I 7960~~

Bal -0-

CREDIT SALES (41)

I 11000

Darin Is Music EmporiumTrial BalanceMarch 31 1996

NOTES PAYABLE (32)

I 10000

SALES RETURNSAND ALLOWANCES (42)

100 I 100002000

11000

100~

~5JQ ~570

31

INVOICE POSTDATE ACCOUNT NUMBER REF AMOUNT

114 M Conpany 1 J 500032 A Company 2 J

11000(3) (41)

DATE EXPLANATION PR DR CR

17 Accounts Payable - L Co 31 500Purchase Returns 52 500

118 Sales Returns 42 100Accounts Receivable - 3 100

M Co

I IDEBTi (R1ltTIIT

SALES POST ACCOUNTS CASH OTHER I POST IEXPLANATION CASH DISCOUNTS REF RECEIVABLE SALES CREDITS REF AMOUNT

112 Weekly Sales 2000 2000124 M Company 4802 98 J 490031 Signed Note 10000

I

Notes 32 10000330 A Company J hQQQ PayableI

I

22802 98i

10900 2000 10000(1) (43) i (3) (40) I I (32)

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library has has material to help with many popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library has free accounting mathematics and statistics software
Page 4: OVERVIEW OF THE ACCOUNI'ING CYCLE Cycle from Quick Notes.pdfAccounting is the process of tracking these financial activities and summarizing them for interested parties (owners, managers,

UNIT 2ASSETSDR

CR+ -

I JOURNALENTRIESIn the preceding learning unit transactions were recorded in T accounts because students find it easier to analyze trans-actions with T accounts This learning unit makes the transition from T accounts to Journal Entries the first step ofthe accounting process

ANALYZING TRANSACIIONSAssets Liabilities Owner IS Equity+

1 Darin Jones a sophomore at State University started theQuick Clean Laundry Service with a $100 cash investment

Cash Capital Darin Jones100 I I 100

2 On Sept 1 paid $50Pr~id Advertising50 I

~I

for 5 months of ads in the school newspaper

50

3 On Sept 1 purchased Laundry Supplies for $25 cashLaundry S~plies25 I

CashI 25

4 On Sept 1 purchased $48 of Laundry Equipment paying $8

Laundry Eqlipment Accounts Payable48 I I 40

CashI 8

5 Darin made an additional~

I

down

50

investment of $50

Capital Darin Jones[ 50

6 Paid one-fourth the amount owed on the Laundry EquipmentCash Accounts Payable

I 10 10 I

7 Darinwithdrew$20 for personaluseCash WithdrawalsDarin Jones

I 20 20 I

8 Cash collected for Laundry Services performed during the monthamounted to $140 $10 was also due for services rendered

140~

I

Laundry RevenueI 150

AccountsReceivable

10 I

9 Paid $75 for the use of washers and dryers for SeptemberCash WasherDJyer~e

I 75 75 I

10 Received $5 on accountCash

5 I

Accounts ReceivableI 5

11 On Sept 26 two students paid $10 for next week Is Laundry ServiceCash UnearnedLaundryRevenue

20 I I 20

12 Paid monthly phone bill of $10Cash

I 10Telephone~se10 I

8

JOURNALIZING TRANSACTIONSDR CR

Account Debited XXXAccount Credited XXX

CashCapitalDarin Jones

100100

Prepaid AdvertisingCash

5050

CashAccounts Receivable

Laundry Revenue

14010

150

WasherDryer ExpenseCash

7575

CashAccountsReceivable

55

RECORDING TRANSACTIONS= LIABILITIES + OWNERSEOUITY

DR I DR

I

CR- +

WITHDRAWAT R

DR I CR

EXPENSES REVENUE+ -

DR I CR DR I CR+ - - +

LaundrySupplies 25Cash 25

LaundryEquipment 48Cash 8Accounts Payable 40

Cash 50CapitalDarin Jones 50

Accounts Payable 10Cash 10

WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20Cash 20

Cash 20UnearnedLaundry

Revenue 20

Telephone Expense 10Cash 10

Owner
Text Box
Google Free Quick Notes Books for your 13copies of Quick Notes Accounting Economics Statistics and Excel Statistics Lab Manual
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors can help you learn13

II GENERAL LEDGER

Accounts Payable(6) 10 I (4) 40

Capital Darin Jones

1

(1) 100(5) 50

Unearned LaunCby RevenuesI (11) 20

Accounts Receivable(8) 10 I (10) 5

WithdrawalsDarin Jones

(7) 201

Pre~aid Advertising(2) 50 I

LaunCby Supplies(3) 25

Washer Dryer~se

(9) 7S1

Tele~hone ~nse(12) 10 I

LaundryRevenue

1(8) 150

LaunCby E~ipment(4)8

III TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceTrial Balance

September 30 1991

Note Transaction No1 has been formally journalized and posted belowPR stands for Post Reference The relevant account number or GeneralJournal page number is placed in the PR column at the time of posting

IV GENERAL JOURNAL Page

v GENERAL LEDGER

9

(1) 100 (2) 50(5) 50 (3) 25(8) 140 (4) 8

(10) 5 (6) 10(11) -2Q (7) 20

315 (9) 75- (12) JQ

Bal 117 198

Cash $117Accounts Receivable 5Prepaid Advertising 50Laundry Supplies 2SLaundry Equipment 48Accounts Payable $ 30Unearned Laundry Revenue 20Capital Darin Jones 150Withdrawals Darin Jones 20Laundry Revenue 150WasherDryer Expense 7STelephone Expense -ll

$350$350

DATE ACCOUNTTITLE AND EXPLANATION PRI

DEBITII

CREDIT

Sept 1 Cash 1 100 00

Capital Darin Jones 100 100 00

To record cash investment

CASH ACCOUNTNO1DATE EXPLANATION PR I DEBIT

II

CREDITI

BALANCE

Sept 1 1 100 00 100 00

l)lRTN r()NR NO lO(DATE EXPLANATION PR DEBIT CREDIT BALANCE

Sept 1 1 100 00 100 00

Owner
Text Box
Our Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library 13has material to help with many 13popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library has free accounting mathematics and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors13Help You Learn

UNIT 3 CASH VERSUS ACCRUAL ACCOUNTING

I Introduction

A The income statement measures business activity

B This activity affects the financial condition of a business as pictured by the balance sheet

C Procedural choices exist when measuring business activity1 For example there are a number of inventory methods to choose from when valuing inventory

Each results in a different value for ending inventory a different cost of goods sold a differentgross profit and a different measure of income All for the same business activity

2 Different possible measures of business activity lead to different possible financial pictures forthe same company

3 Understanding these procedural choices and their effect on the financial picture of a companyare an important aspect of accounting

II Recognizing Revenue and Expenses

A In accounting recognition is when a financial activity is recorded and becomes partof the financial statements

B Recognizing revenue and expenses determines their distribution to particular accountingperiods Profit is thus being allocated among periods1 How do you account for goods sold for $25000 in December 1996 which were paid for

in March 1997 if the accounting period ends on December 31 1996 The goods weregone when the 1996 balance sheet was made but the money did not come in until 1997

2 How do you account for a $7000 computer paid for in November that will last three years

III Cash Basis Accounting

A Cash basis accounting records revenue and expenses when cash enters and leaves the business

B Advantages of cash basis accounting1 It is easy to do2 It is objective with few choices to make Cash either comes in or goes out period

C Disadvantages of cash basis accounting1 No attempt is made to match an expense with the revenue it generates

This means that the income statement and balance sheet may not be goodpictures of recent business activity and present business conditions

2 For example the cash purchase of an expensive computer will all becharged in the year of purchase even though it will last a number of yearsThis means that income in the year of purchase would be understated andincome would be overstated in the following years

3 When business activity involves inventory assets cash basis accounting is notallowed for income tax purposes by the Internal Revenue Service

16

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library 13has learning materials13classified by user type
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library has material to help with many popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors can help you learn

IV Accrual Basis Accounting

A Accrual basis accounting records the financial effects of a business activity in the period the effect occurs1 Revenue is recognized (recorded) when earned (the goods were legally transferred or the service performed)

a Cash may come in before revenue is earned as with a subscription magazineb Cash may come in when revenue is earned as with the sale of a Dominos pizzac Cash may come in after revenue is earned as with the acceptance of a credit

card for the sale of a television

d In all cases revenue is earned when the item changes legal ownership2 Expenses are recognized when their benefit is received

a Cash may go out before the benefit as with the payment of next years annual property taxes in Septemberb Cash may go out when the benefit is received as with the payment of a bridge tollc Cash may go out after the benefit is received as with the payment of this periods payroll in the next periodd In all cases the expense is recorded when the benefit is received

3 Accrual accounting is based on matching an expense with the revenue it helps generate (matching principle)4 When an accounting activity spans more than one accounting period an adjustment is needed at the end of

the first period to assure that the revenue is recorded when earned and the expenses are recognized with theirbenefit

B Accruals and deferrals

1 Accruals and deferrals are required to conform with the matching principle2 Accruals are needed when something has affected the income statement and is unrecorded

a Accrued revenues have been earned but not recorded Example Construction work hasbeen done but not received It must be recorded with the amount to be received reported asconstruction revenue on the income statement and accounts receivable on the balance sheet

b Accrued expenses have been incurred but not recorded Example Salaries are earned byemployees but not paid They must be recorded with the a~ount to be paid reported assalaries expense on the income statement and salaries payable on the balance sheet

3 Deferrals refer to situations where cash is received orpaid and the income statement has not been affecteda Deferred revenue has been received in advance

Example Revenue from a two-year magazine subscription is received in Octoberand the first magazine wont be sent until next year This deferred revenue isreported as the liability unearned subscription revenue on the balance sheet

b Deferred expenses have been paid in advance Example Liability insurance for oneyear is paid in March and coverage begins in April This deferred expense is reportedas the asset prepaid insurance on the balance sheet

C The advantages and disadvantages of accrual basis accounting1 Accrual accounting measures current income more accurately than the cash method

a This means that the balance sheet is a more accurate estimate of financial position (value)b Accurate current information makes it easier to predict future income and financial position

2 Accrual accounting is difficult to understanda Confusion exists because net income does not equal the periods change in cashb The cash balance of a company with high income may even decrease during the yearc For example a rapidly growing profitable retailer may face a shortage of cash for

many reasons1) Rapid growth often requires large inventories New retailers often find

that suppliers will not grant credit This combination increases cash outflows2) Gaining market share may require a retailer to grant easy credit terms

This decreases cash inflows3) As a result a very successful business may not have adequate cash

17

Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
MBA Internet Library will help 13with acceptance graduation 13and career advancement
Owner
Line

UNIT 4 ADJUSTMENTS WORKSHEET AND STATEMENTS

Adjusting Entries are needed because it is uneconomical to make changes daily to some accounts and for othersvital information is not known until the end of the account period When analyzing these September 30Adjusting Entries consider the relevant account balances listed in the Trial Balance the change described in thetransaction descriptions and the relevant Journal Entries on page 8

I DEBITS AND CREDITS

~

~RI CR

LIABILITIESDR

I

CR

- +

+ OWNERS EOUITYDR

I

CR- +

WITHDRAWAlS EXPENSES

~RI~ ~RI CR

REVENUEDR

I

CR- +

II TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry SezviceTrial Balance

September 30 1991

III ADJUSTING JOURNAL ENTRIESSample Problem Adjustments - Wednesday September 30 1991

ANALYZING TRANSACTIONS

Assets Liabilities Owner IS Equity+

a One month of scheduled advertising appearedin the school newspaper See transaction 2 page 8

Prepaid AdvertisingI 10

Advertising Expense10 I

b A count of Laundry SUpplies revealed $5 worth on hand

Laundry SqppliesI 20

Laun~20 ~ly Expense

c Depreciation was taken on $48 of equipment with a usefullife of 4 years

AcCtU1lUlated Depreciation

Laundty~ipmentI 1

Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Eqlipment1 I

Note Depreciation is accumulated and subtractedfrom the relevant asset on the Balance Sheet

d On Friday October 2nd Darin would pay his first enployeewho worked Monday Wednesday and Friday $15 for the week

Salaries PayableI 10

Salaries Expense10 I

e Laundry Sezvicesfor one of the two students who had paidin advance had been performed as of 93091

Unearned Laundry Revenue Laundty Revenue10 I I 10

f On Tuesday September 29 services had been finishedfor 3 studentswho promised to pay $10 each on 105

Accounts Receivable30 I Launampy Revenue30

18

JOURNALIZING TRANSACTIONS

DR CR

a Advertising ExpensePrepaid Advertising

To record advertisingexpired

1010

b Laundry Supply Expense 20Laundry Supplies

To record Laundry Suppliesused

20

c Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Equipment 1

Accumulated DepreciationLaundry Equipment

Septembers Depreciationrecorded

1

d SalariesExpense 10Salaries PayableTo record salaries earnedbut not paid

10

e Unearned Laundry Revenue 10Laundry Revenue

To record Laundry Feesearned

10

f Accounts ReceivableLaundry Revenue

To record Laundry Feesearned

3030

Cash $117Accounts Receivable 5Prepaid Advertising 50Laundry Supplies 25Laundry Equipment 48Accounts Payable $ 30Unearned Laundry Revenue 20

Capital Darin Jones 150Withdrawals Darin Jones 20Laundry Revenue 150

Washer7DIyer Expense 75

Telephone Expense$350$350

Owner
Text Box
Business Book Mall has material 13to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors will help you learn

WORKSHEETIV

A worksheet begins with a Trial Balance Adjustments based upon data accumulated during the period are madeHorizontal extensions with like balances being added and unlike balances being subtracted result in an AdjustedTrial Balance Each account is then extended to the proper (similar) column of the Income Statement or BalanceSheet Income is then added to both the Income Statement and Balance Sheet to prove the Worksheet

1BalanceSheet I

117 I35 I40 I

5 I48 I

30 I10 I

liLl1

1

IIIIIIIIII

1

IJQ I201 I--H 1265 I

I

rIIICashIAccounts Receivable

1 Prepaid Advertising

I

Launfuy SttPpliesLaundry EquipmentIAccounts Payable1Unearned Laundry Revenue

I Capital Darin JonesIWithdrawals - Darin Jones 201 Laundry RevenueI

1WasherDryer Expense

[TelePhone ~eIAdvertising Expense

I Laundry Supplies ExpenseI Depreciation ExpenseI LaundJy EquipmentIAccumulated Depreciation

I LaundryEquipmentI Salaries ExpenseISalaries PayableI

I

l

IncomeStatementTripl Balance

1175

5025

48

Adjustments

(f) 30(a) 10M2Q

3020

J5Q(e) 10

20(e) 10(f) 30

150 190

75lQ

350

7512

350(a) 10(b) 20

1020

icl 1 1

(c) 1(d) 10 10

- Ml lQBl__Rl

--265126 190

--H -190 190 265

Note Income represents the net changes in assets and liabilities occurring during the period Because Revenue(asset increases) were greater than expenses (asset decreases or liability increases) the debit column of the BalanceSheet is higher than the credit column by an amount equal to net income This occurred because equity changeshave been temporarily stored in Income Statement accounts The Closing Process explained in the next unit willformally increase Owners Equity by the proper amount

V ACCOUNTING STATEMENTSrI

1

j

I

I ASSETS Current Assets

I

CashAccountsReceivablePrepaidAdvertising

I LaundrySupplies Plant and Equipment LaundryEquipment Less AccurmJlated

$ 11 Depreciation301 Total Assets10 [10

150120

I190

I

1IIIIII

$117 1

35 1

40 I

5 I

I

$48 I

-1

---fl I

$244 1

-I1

I

$ 30 I

10 I

~$ 50

I

I

I

$150 I$64 I-2QM I

~II

$244 1

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceBalance Sheet

September 30 1991I I

I Note SectionV hasbeen I

arranged to show how Balance 1

Sheet accounts come from the I

I top of the Trial Balance and 1I IncomeStatementaccounts 1

I come from the bottomof the I

I Trial Balance I

I I

r

I

I

I

I Cash

IAccounts ReceivableIPrepaid AdvertisingILaundry Supplies

j

Laundry EquipmentAccurmJlated Depreciation

Laundry EquipmentIAccounts PayableISalaries Payable

1991 1 Unearned Laundry Revenue1 Capital Darin JonesIWithdrawals Darin Jones

$190 ILaundry RevenueI Advertising Expense

I

Salaries ExpenseWasherDryer ExpenseITelephone ExpenseILaundry Supply Expense

I

Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Equipment

I

~I$ 64

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceAdjusted Trial BalanceSeptember 30 1991

$1173540

548

rI1 Quick Clean LaundryServiceI Income Statement

I

For the Month Ended Sept 30

RevenueI LaundryRevenueI

I

I

I

I

I

I

LIABILITIESCUrrent Liabilities

Accounts PayableSalaries PayableUnearned Laundry Revenue

Total CUrrent Liabilities1010751020

Operating ExpensesAdvertisingSalaries

WasherDryerTelephoneLaundry SuppliesDepreciationLaundryEquipment --1

Total Operating ExpensesNet Income

$1010751020

OWNER IS EQUITY

Capital Sept 1Net IncomeWithdrawalsCapitalSept 30Total Liabilities+

Owner Is Equity

~ J

$391 $3911

Note Now that the concept of normal balances has been fIrmly established that is assets and expenses have debitbalances and revenues liabilities equity and contra assets (accumulated depreciation) have credit balances it willno longer be necessary to restrict statement presentations to two columns with debit balances always to the left ofcredit balances The above statements have been so constructed

19

AdjustedTrial Balance

1173540

548

3010

15020

190

75lQ

1020

l

110

JQ391 391

Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors can help

UNIT 5 COMPLETING THE ACCOUNTING CYCLE

I ACCOUNTING STATEMENTS

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceBalance Sheet

September 30 1991

ASSETSCurrent Assets

CashAccounts ReceivablePrepaid AdvertisingLaundry SuppliesPlant and Equipment

Laundry EquipmentLess Accumulated

DepreciationTotal Assets

$11735405

Now that Financial Statements have been made amountstemporarily stored in expense revenue and the withdrawalsaccounts may be moved to the equity account A new accountentitled Income Summary will be used to calculate incomewhich will then be moved to Owners Equity

$48---1

-fl$244

LIABILITIESCurrent Liabilities

Accounts Payable $ 30Salaries Payable 10Unearned Laundry Revenue ---1Q

Total Current Liabilities $ 50

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceIncome Statement

For the Month Ended Sept 30 1991

~

$244

RevenueLaundry Revenue

Operating ExpensesWasherDryer Expense $75Telephone Expense 10Advertising Expense 10Laundry Supply Expense 20Depreciation Expense 1SalariesExpense 1Q

Total Operating ExpensesNet Income

$190

OWNERS EQUITY

Capital Sept1Income $64Withdrawals -2Q ~Capital Sept 30Total Liabilities +

Owners Equity

$150

~$ 64

II CLOSING PROCESS LOGIC III CLOSING JOURNAL ENTRIES

Step 1 Reduce Expenses to zeroStep 2 Reduce Revenues to zeroStep 3 Reduce IncomeSummary to zeroStep 4 Reduce Withdrawals to zero

Owner 1s Equity(4) 20

I

Bal 150(3) 64

Sept 30 Income SummaryWasherDryer ExpenseTelephone ExpenseAdvertising ExpenseLaundry Supply ExpenseDepreciation ExpenseSalaries Expense

Sept 30 Laundry RevenueIncome Summary

DR126

CR

75101020110

190190

Withdrawals

Bal 20 I (4) 20Income Summary

(1)126 I (2) 190(3) 64

Sept 30 Income SummaryCapital Darin Jones

6464

~es

Bal 126 I (1) 126Revenue Sept 30 CapitalDarinJones

(2)190 IBal 190 Withdrawals Darin Jones

2020

IV POST-CLOSING TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry ServicePost-Closing Trial Balance

September30 1991

CashAccounts ReceivablePrepaid AdvertisingLaundry SuppliesLaundry EquipmentAccumulated Depreciation

Laundry EquipmentAccounts PayableSalaries PayableUnearned Laundry RevenueCapital Darin Jones

$1173540

548

Note The closing of all ex-pense and revenue accountsresults in a Post-ClosingTrial Balance consisting ofonly Balance Sheet accounts

$ 1301010

~$245$245

24

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software

v REVERSmG ENTRIES

Adjusting entries sometimes require a unique nonroutine entry early in the next cycle to complete a particulartransaction The September 30th payroll adjustment of $10 to Salaries Expense and Salaries Payable associatedwith the $15 weekly payroll is an example A unique entry must be made on the October 2nd payday to completethe payroll Reversing the September 30 adjustment on October 1 will allow the regular payroll entry on October 2to complete the payroll Regardless of the alternative chosen $10 is charged to Salaries Expense in September$5 in October and the salary liability has been brought to zero

10

Paying Salaries- No ReversingEntryDR

Sept 30 SalariesExpense 10Salaries Payable

Oct 2 SalariesExpenseSalariesPayableCash

CR

510

15

VI CORRECTING ENTRIES

Erasing is never allowed A line may be drawn through journal entry errors discovered beforeposting After posting errors must be corrected with journal entries If a $5 purchase of LaundrySupplies had been posted to Laundry Equipment the following Correcting Entry would be necessary

DR CR5Oct 5 Laundry Supplies

Laundry Equipment 5

VII THE THIRTEEN ACCOUNTING STEPS

1 Journal Entries 4 Adjusting Entries2 Post to Ledger 5 Post to Ledger3 Trial Balance 6 Adjusted Trial

Balance

7 Income Statement8 Balance Sheet

9 Closing Entries10 Post to Ledger11 Post-Closing Trial

Balance

12 ReversingEntries

13 CorrectingEntries

VIII OWNER I S EQUITY VS STOCKHOLDERS I EQUITY

Sole proprietorships and partnerships account for Owners Equity in essentially the same manner only the numberof capital and withdrawal accounts differ Corporations on the other hand replace the capital account with contributedcapital (stock) accounts use dividends to distribute equity to owners and accumulated undistributed profits in theRetained Earnings account Septembers equity transactions for Quick Clean contrasting a sole proprietorship witha corporation appear below Also contrasted are the equity sections of the Balance Sheet

Income SUIUTlary

Capital Darin Jones

64

CRCashCapitalDarin Jones

DR150

150

64

Retained EarningsDividend Payable

Declared a 13 13ltpershare stock dividend

Dividend PayableCash

2020

2020

EQUITY SECTION OF BALANCE SHEET

OWners EquityDarin Jones CapitalSeptember1 1992 $150Net Income $ 64Withdrawals 2Q --MCapitalSeptember30 S194

StockholdersI EquityComnon Stock $1 par 150 shares

authorized and outstandingRetained EarningsTotal Stockholders Equity

$150-HS194

25

PayingSalarJes - ReversingEntryDR CR

Sept 30 Salaries Expense 10

Salaries Payable 10Oct 1 Salaries Payable 10

Salaries Expense 10Oct 2 Salaries Expense 15

Cash 15

STARTING A BUSINESSCR DR

Cash 150150 Comnon Stock

Issued 150 shares of$1 par Common Stock

RECORDING EARNINGS

Income SUIUTlary 6464 Retained Earnings

DISTlUBUTING EARNINGS

WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20Cash 20

CapitalDarin Jones 20WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20

Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library 13has material to help with many 13popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career

UNIT 6 MERCHANDISING

A merchandising company is a Retailer Retailers buymerchandise from manufacturers andor wholesalersmark the merchandise up enough to cover operatingexpenses and make a profit Merchandise bought forre-sale is charged to Purchases Cost of merchandisesold is calculated by subtracting Ending Inventory fromBeginning Inventory plus Net Purchases (including

transportation costs) Sales Discounts and PurchaseDiscounts are given to those who pay early Anexample of discount terms would be 210n30 whichmeans 2 is taken off if paid within 10 days otherwisepay within 30 days Unsatisfactory goods are accountedfor by charging Sales Returns and Allowance orPurchase Returns and Allowance

I LOGIC OF MERCHANDISING DEBITS AND CREDITS

Debits

I Purchases Ilt gt

Credits

SalesI

Note Sales and Purchasesare opposites and thereforehave opposite nonnal balancesTheir return and discountaccounts also have oppositebalancesSales Returns

Sales Discountslt gt Purchase Returns

Purchase Discounts

DARINS MUSIC EMPORIUM

Darin Jones graduated in December of 1994 and after a brief vacation took the accumulation from his Laundry businessand invested $10000 in Darins Music Emporium a retailer of computerized musical instruments Sample JournalEntries and 1995 statements along with Closing Entries appear below Please read transaction descriptions first

II JOURNAL ENTRIES

30

Note Relatedtransactions havebeen boxed

Note The net method ofrecording purchasesassumes the PurchaseDiscount will be takenIf it is not taken aPurchase Discount Lostis recorded PurchaseDiscounts Lost are notconsidered an operatingexpense and are reportedafter operating incomein an Income Statementsection entitled OtherRevenue and Expenses

Jan 3 Purchases 4000Accounts Payable 4000

READ FIRST--gt Merchandisepurchased for $4000on creditfrom L Co invoice dated 11 terms 210n30

Jan 7 Accounts Payable 500Purchase Returns and Allowances 500

Returned $500 of merchandise purchased 11

Jan 11 Accounts Payable 3500Purchase Discount 70Cash 3430

Paid L Co for purchase of 11 less returnand discount

Jan 12 Cash 2000Sales 2000

Recorded Cash Sales of $2000

Jan 14 Accounts Receivable 5000Sales 5000

Recorded credit sale of $5000 to M Coterms 210n30

Jan 18 Sales Returns and Allowances 100Accounts Receivable 100M Co returned$100 of merchandise purchased 114

Jan 24 Cash 4802Sales Discount 98

Accounts Receivable 4900Receivedpayment fromM Co less returnless discount

Feb 2 Purchases 3960Accounts Payable 3960

Merchandise purchased fromZ Cowith a valueof $4000 terms 110n30 - Net Method

Feb 28 Accounts Payable 3960Purchase Discount Lost 40

Cash 4000Paid Z Co for purchase of 22 plus discount lost

Feb 28 Transportation-In 50Cash 50

Paid Transportation charges of $50 formerchandise purchased 22

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional

III LOGIC OF INCOME STATEMENT

Gross Sales- Cost of Goods SoldGross Profit

- Qperati~ ~esInc~ from Operations

IV INCOME STATEMENTDarin Is Music Etrporium

Income StatementFor the Year Ended December 31 1995

Sales RevenueGross Sales

Sales Retuxns and AllowancesSales Discounts

Net Sales

$98000$1000

2QQQ hQQQ$95000

Cost of Goods SoldMerchandise InventoryJanuary 1 1995

PurchasesPurchaseRetuxnsand Allowances $1000

PurchaseDiscounts~ J QQQNet Purchases $35000Plus Transportation-In ~Costof GoodsPurchased ~Goods Availablefor Sale $46000Merchandise InventoryDecember31 1995Cost of Goods Sold

Gross ProfitOperating ExpensesSelling Expenses $22500General and Administrative

ExpensesTotal Operating ExpensesIncome from Operations

$10000$38000

2LQQQ 25QQQ

$70000

Z~3JLQQQ

$40000

Note Being a Sole Proprietorship no federalincome tax is owed by the business Darin willfile an individual return

VI

DR CR

Dec 31 82000Income SummaryBeginning InventorySales Retuxns andAllowances

Sales DiscountsPurchasesTransportation-InSelling ExpensesGeneral and Administrative

Expenses

10000

10002000380001000225007500

Note When the list price of an itemdoes not represent its true price anda discount is stated said discountcalled a trade discount is used tolower the historical cost of the item

CLOSING ENTRIES

DR CR

Dec 31 Ending InventorySalesPurchaseRetuxns andAllowances

PurchaseDiscountsIncome Surrmary

Dec 31 Income SurrmaryCapital Darin Jones

Dec 31 Capital Darin JonesWithdrawals Darin Jones

2100098000

10002000

40000122000

4000036000

36000

Note An al ternative method to closingBeginning Inventory with a $10000 creditand creatingthe Ending Inventory with a$21000 debit would be to adjust inventorywith an $11000 debit Either adjusts forall purchases being treated as an expense

31

v BALANCE SHEETDarins Music Emporium

Balance SheetDecember 31 1995

ASSETSCUrrent Assets

Cash $4000Accounts Receivable 1000Office Supplies 250Merchandise Inventory 21000Prepaid Rent

Total CUrrent Assets $26600

Plant and EquipmentStore Equipment $ 6000Less Accumulated Depreciation ---2QQ $5400

Office Equipment $ 5000Less Accumulated Depreciation LQQQ 9400

Total Assets $36000

LIABILITIES

CUrrent LiabilitiesAccounts Payable S22000

Total Liabilities $22000

OWNERS EQUITY

DarinJones CapitalJanuary 1 1995 $10000

I

Net Income $40000WithdrawalsIncrease in Capital --LQQQ

DarinJones CapitalDecember 31 1995 14000

Total Liabilities and Owners Equity $36000

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library 13has learning materials13classified by user type

UNIT 7 ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS

Accounting Systems are designed to eliminate much ofthe duplication involved in a manual accounting systemUsing carbonized receipts special journals as shownhere and ledger cards allow for much of the accounting

work to be accomplished as receipts are processed andchecks written Special journals are important becausethey provide the basis for computerized accountingsystems

Special JournalPurchases Journal is used for Credit PurchasesSales Journal is for Credit SalesCash Payments Journal is used when Cash is CreditedCash Receipts Journal is used when Cash is Debited

Note The following transactions were originally recorded in the General Journalon page 30 In this section when possible they have been recorded in specialjournals The abbreviation of the journal used follows each transaction

13 Purchased merchandise for $4000 on credit from L Companyinvoice dated 11 terms 210n30 PJ

17 Return $500 of defective merchandise purchased 11 fromL Company GJ

111 Paid L Company for purchases of 11 less returnand discount CPJ

112 Recorded Cash Sales of $2000 CRJ114 Sold $5000 of merchandise to M company termS

210n30 SJ118 M Company returned $100 of merchandise purchased

114 GJ124 M Company paid for sale of 114 less return and

discount CRJ

Note Only creditpurchases areallowed in thePurchase Journal

PURCHASES JOURNAL Page 1

CASH PA2MENTS JOURNAL Page 1

Note When posting place the number of the ledger account below the amount posted A check ()should be placed in the Post Reference Column to indicate posting to a Subsidiary Ledger

GENERAL LEDGER

CASH (1)

22802 I 7680Bal 15122

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (3)

11000 I 10900--1QQ

PURCHASES

7960 I

PURCHASE RETURNS (52)

I 500

f51l

M CO1PaIlyen

5000 It~gg

A CO1Pany6000 I 6000

I

PURCHASEPIi~ 531

TRANS~iArCN-TN (0lt1

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

TRAVEL EXPENSES (68)

200 I

PURCHASE DISCOUNT LOST (70)

40 I

36

POSTDAIE ACCOUNT IERMS REF AMOUNT

13 L Company 210n30 400022 Z Company 110n30

7960

(51) (31)

I DATE I EXPLANATIOOIIIRRTl TS DEBITS

PURCHASE POST ACCOUNTS TRAVEL OTHER

POST ICASH DISCOUNTS REF PAYABLE PURCHASES EXPENSE DEBITS REF AMOUNT

111 Paid L Co 1 3430 70 3500 Purchase228 Paid Z Co 2 4000 3960 Discount

I Lost 70 40228 Paid Trans - In 3 50

I

Trans In 55 5035 Paid Travel 4 --ZQQ 2QQ I

I

7680 70 7460 200

I

90(1) (53) (31) (68)

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes Books provide help for accounting economics statistics and basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Professional Development Resources Center 13has material to enhance your career

22 Purchase $4000of merchandisefrom Z Companyterms110n30- Net Method usedPJ228 Paid Z Company for purchase of 22 plus purchase discount lost CPJ228 Paid transportation charges of $50 for merchandise purchased 102 CPJ

Addi tiona1 Transactions

31 Signed a $10000 Note Payable with First Bank Corporation cash deposited today CRJ32 Sold $6000 of merchandise to A Company terms 210n30 SJ35 Paid Travel Expense of $200 CPJ330 A Company paid today CRJ

Note The General Journal is used for Ientries that do not easily fit into aspecial journal Also included areAdjusting Closing Reversing andCorrecting Entries

Note Only Credit Sales areallowed in the Sales Journal

SALES JOURNAL Page1 GENERAL JOURNAL Page1

CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL Page1

CASH SALES (40)

I 2000

ACCOCINTSPAYABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

L CO1Pany Z Corqpany

~ I 4000 3960 I 39604000

=~ir

fUl

CashPurchasesPurchase ReturnsPurchase DiscountsTransportation-In 50TravelExpense 200Purchase Discount Lost 40Notes PayableCash SalesCredit SalesSalesReturns andAllowances

Sales Discounts

$ 151227960

$ 50070

ACCOUNTSPAYABLE (31)

7460 I 7960~~

Bal -0-

CREDIT SALES (41)

I 11000

Darin Is Music EmporiumTrial BalanceMarch 31 1996

NOTES PAYABLE (32)

I 10000

SALES RETURNSAND ALLOWANCES (42)

100 I 100002000

11000

100~

~5JQ ~570

31

INVOICE POSTDATE ACCOUNT NUMBER REF AMOUNT

114 M Conpany 1 J 500032 A Company 2 J

11000(3) (41)

DATE EXPLANATION PR DR CR

17 Accounts Payable - L Co 31 500Purchase Returns 52 500

118 Sales Returns 42 100Accounts Receivable - 3 100

M Co

I IDEBTi (R1ltTIIT

SALES POST ACCOUNTS CASH OTHER I POST IEXPLANATION CASH DISCOUNTS REF RECEIVABLE SALES CREDITS REF AMOUNT

112 Weekly Sales 2000 2000124 M Company 4802 98 J 490031 Signed Note 10000

I

Notes 32 10000330 A Company J hQQQ PayableI

I

22802 98i

10900 2000 10000(1) (43) i (3) (40) I I (32)

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library has has material to help with many popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library has free accounting mathematics and statistics software
Page 5: OVERVIEW OF THE ACCOUNI'ING CYCLE Cycle from Quick Notes.pdfAccounting is the process of tracking these financial activities and summarizing them for interested parties (owners, managers,

II GENERAL LEDGER

Accounts Payable(6) 10 I (4) 40

Capital Darin Jones

1

(1) 100(5) 50

Unearned LaunCby RevenuesI (11) 20

Accounts Receivable(8) 10 I (10) 5

WithdrawalsDarin Jones

(7) 201

Pre~aid Advertising(2) 50 I

LaunCby Supplies(3) 25

Washer Dryer~se

(9) 7S1

Tele~hone ~nse(12) 10 I

LaundryRevenue

1(8) 150

LaunCby E~ipment(4)8

III TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceTrial Balance

September 30 1991

Note Transaction No1 has been formally journalized and posted belowPR stands for Post Reference The relevant account number or GeneralJournal page number is placed in the PR column at the time of posting

IV GENERAL JOURNAL Page

v GENERAL LEDGER

9

(1) 100 (2) 50(5) 50 (3) 25(8) 140 (4) 8

(10) 5 (6) 10(11) -2Q (7) 20

315 (9) 75- (12) JQ

Bal 117 198

Cash $117Accounts Receivable 5Prepaid Advertising 50Laundry Supplies 2SLaundry Equipment 48Accounts Payable $ 30Unearned Laundry Revenue 20Capital Darin Jones 150Withdrawals Darin Jones 20Laundry Revenue 150WasherDryer Expense 7STelephone Expense -ll

$350$350

DATE ACCOUNTTITLE AND EXPLANATION PRI

DEBITII

CREDIT

Sept 1 Cash 1 100 00

Capital Darin Jones 100 100 00

To record cash investment

CASH ACCOUNTNO1DATE EXPLANATION PR I DEBIT

II

CREDITI

BALANCE

Sept 1 1 100 00 100 00

l)lRTN r()NR NO lO(DATE EXPLANATION PR DEBIT CREDIT BALANCE

Sept 1 1 100 00 100 00

Owner
Text Box
Our Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library 13has material to help with many 13popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library has free accounting mathematics and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors13Help You Learn

UNIT 3 CASH VERSUS ACCRUAL ACCOUNTING

I Introduction

A The income statement measures business activity

B This activity affects the financial condition of a business as pictured by the balance sheet

C Procedural choices exist when measuring business activity1 For example there are a number of inventory methods to choose from when valuing inventory

Each results in a different value for ending inventory a different cost of goods sold a differentgross profit and a different measure of income All for the same business activity

2 Different possible measures of business activity lead to different possible financial pictures forthe same company

3 Understanding these procedural choices and their effect on the financial picture of a companyare an important aspect of accounting

II Recognizing Revenue and Expenses

A In accounting recognition is when a financial activity is recorded and becomes partof the financial statements

B Recognizing revenue and expenses determines their distribution to particular accountingperiods Profit is thus being allocated among periods1 How do you account for goods sold for $25000 in December 1996 which were paid for

in March 1997 if the accounting period ends on December 31 1996 The goods weregone when the 1996 balance sheet was made but the money did not come in until 1997

2 How do you account for a $7000 computer paid for in November that will last three years

III Cash Basis Accounting

A Cash basis accounting records revenue and expenses when cash enters and leaves the business

B Advantages of cash basis accounting1 It is easy to do2 It is objective with few choices to make Cash either comes in or goes out period

C Disadvantages of cash basis accounting1 No attempt is made to match an expense with the revenue it generates

This means that the income statement and balance sheet may not be goodpictures of recent business activity and present business conditions

2 For example the cash purchase of an expensive computer will all becharged in the year of purchase even though it will last a number of yearsThis means that income in the year of purchase would be understated andincome would be overstated in the following years

3 When business activity involves inventory assets cash basis accounting is notallowed for income tax purposes by the Internal Revenue Service

16

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library 13has learning materials13classified by user type
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library has material to help with many popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors can help you learn

IV Accrual Basis Accounting

A Accrual basis accounting records the financial effects of a business activity in the period the effect occurs1 Revenue is recognized (recorded) when earned (the goods were legally transferred or the service performed)

a Cash may come in before revenue is earned as with a subscription magazineb Cash may come in when revenue is earned as with the sale of a Dominos pizzac Cash may come in after revenue is earned as with the acceptance of a credit

card for the sale of a television

d In all cases revenue is earned when the item changes legal ownership2 Expenses are recognized when their benefit is received

a Cash may go out before the benefit as with the payment of next years annual property taxes in Septemberb Cash may go out when the benefit is received as with the payment of a bridge tollc Cash may go out after the benefit is received as with the payment of this periods payroll in the next periodd In all cases the expense is recorded when the benefit is received

3 Accrual accounting is based on matching an expense with the revenue it helps generate (matching principle)4 When an accounting activity spans more than one accounting period an adjustment is needed at the end of

the first period to assure that the revenue is recorded when earned and the expenses are recognized with theirbenefit

B Accruals and deferrals

1 Accruals and deferrals are required to conform with the matching principle2 Accruals are needed when something has affected the income statement and is unrecorded

a Accrued revenues have been earned but not recorded Example Construction work hasbeen done but not received It must be recorded with the amount to be received reported asconstruction revenue on the income statement and accounts receivable on the balance sheet

b Accrued expenses have been incurred but not recorded Example Salaries are earned byemployees but not paid They must be recorded with the a~ount to be paid reported assalaries expense on the income statement and salaries payable on the balance sheet

3 Deferrals refer to situations where cash is received orpaid and the income statement has not been affecteda Deferred revenue has been received in advance

Example Revenue from a two-year magazine subscription is received in Octoberand the first magazine wont be sent until next year This deferred revenue isreported as the liability unearned subscription revenue on the balance sheet

b Deferred expenses have been paid in advance Example Liability insurance for oneyear is paid in March and coverage begins in April This deferred expense is reportedas the asset prepaid insurance on the balance sheet

C The advantages and disadvantages of accrual basis accounting1 Accrual accounting measures current income more accurately than the cash method

a This means that the balance sheet is a more accurate estimate of financial position (value)b Accurate current information makes it easier to predict future income and financial position

2 Accrual accounting is difficult to understanda Confusion exists because net income does not equal the periods change in cashb The cash balance of a company with high income may even decrease during the yearc For example a rapidly growing profitable retailer may face a shortage of cash for

many reasons1) Rapid growth often requires large inventories New retailers often find

that suppliers will not grant credit This combination increases cash outflows2) Gaining market share may require a retailer to grant easy credit terms

This decreases cash inflows3) As a result a very successful business may not have adequate cash

17

Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
MBA Internet Library will help 13with acceptance graduation 13and career advancement
Owner
Line

UNIT 4 ADJUSTMENTS WORKSHEET AND STATEMENTS

Adjusting Entries are needed because it is uneconomical to make changes daily to some accounts and for othersvital information is not known until the end of the account period When analyzing these September 30Adjusting Entries consider the relevant account balances listed in the Trial Balance the change described in thetransaction descriptions and the relevant Journal Entries on page 8

I DEBITS AND CREDITS

~

~RI CR

LIABILITIESDR

I

CR

- +

+ OWNERS EOUITYDR

I

CR- +

WITHDRAWAlS EXPENSES

~RI~ ~RI CR

REVENUEDR

I

CR- +

II TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry SezviceTrial Balance

September 30 1991

III ADJUSTING JOURNAL ENTRIESSample Problem Adjustments - Wednesday September 30 1991

ANALYZING TRANSACTIONS

Assets Liabilities Owner IS Equity+

a One month of scheduled advertising appearedin the school newspaper See transaction 2 page 8

Prepaid AdvertisingI 10

Advertising Expense10 I

b A count of Laundry SUpplies revealed $5 worth on hand

Laundry SqppliesI 20

Laun~20 ~ly Expense

c Depreciation was taken on $48 of equipment with a usefullife of 4 years

AcCtU1lUlated Depreciation

Laundty~ipmentI 1

Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Eqlipment1 I

Note Depreciation is accumulated and subtractedfrom the relevant asset on the Balance Sheet

d On Friday October 2nd Darin would pay his first enployeewho worked Monday Wednesday and Friday $15 for the week

Salaries PayableI 10

Salaries Expense10 I

e Laundry Sezvicesfor one of the two students who had paidin advance had been performed as of 93091

Unearned Laundry Revenue Laundty Revenue10 I I 10

f On Tuesday September 29 services had been finishedfor 3 studentswho promised to pay $10 each on 105

Accounts Receivable30 I Launampy Revenue30

18

JOURNALIZING TRANSACTIONS

DR CR

a Advertising ExpensePrepaid Advertising

To record advertisingexpired

1010

b Laundry Supply Expense 20Laundry Supplies

To record Laundry Suppliesused

20

c Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Equipment 1

Accumulated DepreciationLaundry Equipment

Septembers Depreciationrecorded

1

d SalariesExpense 10Salaries PayableTo record salaries earnedbut not paid

10

e Unearned Laundry Revenue 10Laundry Revenue

To record Laundry Feesearned

10

f Accounts ReceivableLaundry Revenue

To record Laundry Feesearned

3030

Cash $117Accounts Receivable 5Prepaid Advertising 50Laundry Supplies 25Laundry Equipment 48Accounts Payable $ 30Unearned Laundry Revenue 20

Capital Darin Jones 150Withdrawals Darin Jones 20Laundry Revenue 150

Washer7DIyer Expense 75

Telephone Expense$350$350

Owner
Text Box
Business Book Mall has material 13to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors will help you learn

WORKSHEETIV

A worksheet begins with a Trial Balance Adjustments based upon data accumulated during the period are madeHorizontal extensions with like balances being added and unlike balances being subtracted result in an AdjustedTrial Balance Each account is then extended to the proper (similar) column of the Income Statement or BalanceSheet Income is then added to both the Income Statement and Balance Sheet to prove the Worksheet

1BalanceSheet I

117 I35 I40 I

5 I48 I

30 I10 I

liLl1

1

IIIIIIIIII

1

IJQ I201 I--H 1265 I

I

rIIICashIAccounts Receivable

1 Prepaid Advertising

I

Launfuy SttPpliesLaundry EquipmentIAccounts Payable1Unearned Laundry Revenue

I Capital Darin JonesIWithdrawals - Darin Jones 201 Laundry RevenueI

1WasherDryer Expense

[TelePhone ~eIAdvertising Expense

I Laundry Supplies ExpenseI Depreciation ExpenseI LaundJy EquipmentIAccumulated Depreciation

I LaundryEquipmentI Salaries ExpenseISalaries PayableI

I

l

IncomeStatementTripl Balance

1175

5025

48

Adjustments

(f) 30(a) 10M2Q

3020

J5Q(e) 10

20(e) 10(f) 30

150 190

75lQ

350

7512

350(a) 10(b) 20

1020

icl 1 1

(c) 1(d) 10 10

- Ml lQBl__Rl

--265126 190

--H -190 190 265

Note Income represents the net changes in assets and liabilities occurring during the period Because Revenue(asset increases) were greater than expenses (asset decreases or liability increases) the debit column of the BalanceSheet is higher than the credit column by an amount equal to net income This occurred because equity changeshave been temporarily stored in Income Statement accounts The Closing Process explained in the next unit willformally increase Owners Equity by the proper amount

V ACCOUNTING STATEMENTSrI

1

j

I

I ASSETS Current Assets

I

CashAccountsReceivablePrepaidAdvertising

I LaundrySupplies Plant and Equipment LaundryEquipment Less AccurmJlated

$ 11 Depreciation301 Total Assets10 [10

150120

I190

I

1IIIIII

$117 1

35 1

40 I

5 I

I

$48 I

-1

---fl I

$244 1

-I1

I

$ 30 I

10 I

~$ 50

I

I

I

$150 I$64 I-2QM I

~II

$244 1

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceBalance Sheet

September 30 1991I I

I Note SectionV hasbeen I

arranged to show how Balance 1

Sheet accounts come from the I

I top of the Trial Balance and 1I IncomeStatementaccounts 1

I come from the bottomof the I

I Trial Balance I

I I

r

I

I

I

I Cash

IAccounts ReceivableIPrepaid AdvertisingILaundry Supplies

j

Laundry EquipmentAccurmJlated Depreciation

Laundry EquipmentIAccounts PayableISalaries Payable

1991 1 Unearned Laundry Revenue1 Capital Darin JonesIWithdrawals Darin Jones

$190 ILaundry RevenueI Advertising Expense

I

Salaries ExpenseWasherDryer ExpenseITelephone ExpenseILaundry Supply Expense

I

Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Equipment

I

~I$ 64

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceAdjusted Trial BalanceSeptember 30 1991

$1173540

548

rI1 Quick Clean LaundryServiceI Income Statement

I

For the Month Ended Sept 30

RevenueI LaundryRevenueI

I

I

I

I

I

I

LIABILITIESCUrrent Liabilities

Accounts PayableSalaries PayableUnearned Laundry Revenue

Total CUrrent Liabilities1010751020

Operating ExpensesAdvertisingSalaries

WasherDryerTelephoneLaundry SuppliesDepreciationLaundryEquipment --1

Total Operating ExpensesNet Income

$1010751020

OWNER IS EQUITY

Capital Sept 1Net IncomeWithdrawalsCapitalSept 30Total Liabilities+

Owner Is Equity

~ J

$391 $3911

Note Now that the concept of normal balances has been fIrmly established that is assets and expenses have debitbalances and revenues liabilities equity and contra assets (accumulated depreciation) have credit balances it willno longer be necessary to restrict statement presentations to two columns with debit balances always to the left ofcredit balances The above statements have been so constructed

19

AdjustedTrial Balance

1173540

548

3010

15020

190

75lQ

1020

l

110

JQ391 391

Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors can help

UNIT 5 COMPLETING THE ACCOUNTING CYCLE

I ACCOUNTING STATEMENTS

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceBalance Sheet

September 30 1991

ASSETSCurrent Assets

CashAccounts ReceivablePrepaid AdvertisingLaundry SuppliesPlant and Equipment

Laundry EquipmentLess Accumulated

DepreciationTotal Assets

$11735405

Now that Financial Statements have been made amountstemporarily stored in expense revenue and the withdrawalsaccounts may be moved to the equity account A new accountentitled Income Summary will be used to calculate incomewhich will then be moved to Owners Equity

$48---1

-fl$244

LIABILITIESCurrent Liabilities

Accounts Payable $ 30Salaries Payable 10Unearned Laundry Revenue ---1Q

Total Current Liabilities $ 50

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceIncome Statement

For the Month Ended Sept 30 1991

~

$244

RevenueLaundry Revenue

Operating ExpensesWasherDryer Expense $75Telephone Expense 10Advertising Expense 10Laundry Supply Expense 20Depreciation Expense 1SalariesExpense 1Q

Total Operating ExpensesNet Income

$190

OWNERS EQUITY

Capital Sept1Income $64Withdrawals -2Q ~Capital Sept 30Total Liabilities +

Owners Equity

$150

~$ 64

II CLOSING PROCESS LOGIC III CLOSING JOURNAL ENTRIES

Step 1 Reduce Expenses to zeroStep 2 Reduce Revenues to zeroStep 3 Reduce IncomeSummary to zeroStep 4 Reduce Withdrawals to zero

Owner 1s Equity(4) 20

I

Bal 150(3) 64

Sept 30 Income SummaryWasherDryer ExpenseTelephone ExpenseAdvertising ExpenseLaundry Supply ExpenseDepreciation ExpenseSalaries Expense

Sept 30 Laundry RevenueIncome Summary

DR126

CR

75101020110

190190

Withdrawals

Bal 20 I (4) 20Income Summary

(1)126 I (2) 190(3) 64

Sept 30 Income SummaryCapital Darin Jones

6464

~es

Bal 126 I (1) 126Revenue Sept 30 CapitalDarinJones

(2)190 IBal 190 Withdrawals Darin Jones

2020

IV POST-CLOSING TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry ServicePost-Closing Trial Balance

September30 1991

CashAccounts ReceivablePrepaid AdvertisingLaundry SuppliesLaundry EquipmentAccumulated Depreciation

Laundry EquipmentAccounts PayableSalaries PayableUnearned Laundry RevenueCapital Darin Jones

$1173540

548

Note The closing of all ex-pense and revenue accountsresults in a Post-ClosingTrial Balance consisting ofonly Balance Sheet accounts

$ 1301010

~$245$245

24

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software

v REVERSmG ENTRIES

Adjusting entries sometimes require a unique nonroutine entry early in the next cycle to complete a particulartransaction The September 30th payroll adjustment of $10 to Salaries Expense and Salaries Payable associatedwith the $15 weekly payroll is an example A unique entry must be made on the October 2nd payday to completethe payroll Reversing the September 30 adjustment on October 1 will allow the regular payroll entry on October 2to complete the payroll Regardless of the alternative chosen $10 is charged to Salaries Expense in September$5 in October and the salary liability has been brought to zero

10

Paying Salaries- No ReversingEntryDR

Sept 30 SalariesExpense 10Salaries Payable

Oct 2 SalariesExpenseSalariesPayableCash

CR

510

15

VI CORRECTING ENTRIES

Erasing is never allowed A line may be drawn through journal entry errors discovered beforeposting After posting errors must be corrected with journal entries If a $5 purchase of LaundrySupplies had been posted to Laundry Equipment the following Correcting Entry would be necessary

DR CR5Oct 5 Laundry Supplies

Laundry Equipment 5

VII THE THIRTEEN ACCOUNTING STEPS

1 Journal Entries 4 Adjusting Entries2 Post to Ledger 5 Post to Ledger3 Trial Balance 6 Adjusted Trial

Balance

7 Income Statement8 Balance Sheet

9 Closing Entries10 Post to Ledger11 Post-Closing Trial

Balance

12 ReversingEntries

13 CorrectingEntries

VIII OWNER I S EQUITY VS STOCKHOLDERS I EQUITY

Sole proprietorships and partnerships account for Owners Equity in essentially the same manner only the numberof capital and withdrawal accounts differ Corporations on the other hand replace the capital account with contributedcapital (stock) accounts use dividends to distribute equity to owners and accumulated undistributed profits in theRetained Earnings account Septembers equity transactions for Quick Clean contrasting a sole proprietorship witha corporation appear below Also contrasted are the equity sections of the Balance Sheet

Income SUIUTlary

Capital Darin Jones

64

CRCashCapitalDarin Jones

DR150

150

64

Retained EarningsDividend Payable

Declared a 13 13ltpershare stock dividend

Dividend PayableCash

2020

2020

EQUITY SECTION OF BALANCE SHEET

OWners EquityDarin Jones CapitalSeptember1 1992 $150Net Income $ 64Withdrawals 2Q --MCapitalSeptember30 S194

StockholdersI EquityComnon Stock $1 par 150 shares

authorized and outstandingRetained EarningsTotal Stockholders Equity

$150-HS194

25

PayingSalarJes - ReversingEntryDR CR

Sept 30 Salaries Expense 10

Salaries Payable 10Oct 1 Salaries Payable 10

Salaries Expense 10Oct 2 Salaries Expense 15

Cash 15

STARTING A BUSINESSCR DR

Cash 150150 Comnon Stock

Issued 150 shares of$1 par Common Stock

RECORDING EARNINGS

Income SUIUTlary 6464 Retained Earnings

DISTlUBUTING EARNINGS

WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20Cash 20

CapitalDarin Jones 20WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20

Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library 13has material to help with many 13popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career

UNIT 6 MERCHANDISING

A merchandising company is a Retailer Retailers buymerchandise from manufacturers andor wholesalersmark the merchandise up enough to cover operatingexpenses and make a profit Merchandise bought forre-sale is charged to Purchases Cost of merchandisesold is calculated by subtracting Ending Inventory fromBeginning Inventory plus Net Purchases (including

transportation costs) Sales Discounts and PurchaseDiscounts are given to those who pay early Anexample of discount terms would be 210n30 whichmeans 2 is taken off if paid within 10 days otherwisepay within 30 days Unsatisfactory goods are accountedfor by charging Sales Returns and Allowance orPurchase Returns and Allowance

I LOGIC OF MERCHANDISING DEBITS AND CREDITS

Debits

I Purchases Ilt gt

Credits

SalesI

Note Sales and Purchasesare opposites and thereforehave opposite nonnal balancesTheir return and discountaccounts also have oppositebalancesSales Returns

Sales Discountslt gt Purchase Returns

Purchase Discounts

DARINS MUSIC EMPORIUM

Darin Jones graduated in December of 1994 and after a brief vacation took the accumulation from his Laundry businessand invested $10000 in Darins Music Emporium a retailer of computerized musical instruments Sample JournalEntries and 1995 statements along with Closing Entries appear below Please read transaction descriptions first

II JOURNAL ENTRIES

30

Note Relatedtransactions havebeen boxed

Note The net method ofrecording purchasesassumes the PurchaseDiscount will be takenIf it is not taken aPurchase Discount Lostis recorded PurchaseDiscounts Lost are notconsidered an operatingexpense and are reportedafter operating incomein an Income Statementsection entitled OtherRevenue and Expenses

Jan 3 Purchases 4000Accounts Payable 4000

READ FIRST--gt Merchandisepurchased for $4000on creditfrom L Co invoice dated 11 terms 210n30

Jan 7 Accounts Payable 500Purchase Returns and Allowances 500

Returned $500 of merchandise purchased 11

Jan 11 Accounts Payable 3500Purchase Discount 70Cash 3430

Paid L Co for purchase of 11 less returnand discount

Jan 12 Cash 2000Sales 2000

Recorded Cash Sales of $2000

Jan 14 Accounts Receivable 5000Sales 5000

Recorded credit sale of $5000 to M Coterms 210n30

Jan 18 Sales Returns and Allowances 100Accounts Receivable 100M Co returned$100 of merchandise purchased 114

Jan 24 Cash 4802Sales Discount 98

Accounts Receivable 4900Receivedpayment fromM Co less returnless discount

Feb 2 Purchases 3960Accounts Payable 3960

Merchandise purchased fromZ Cowith a valueof $4000 terms 110n30 - Net Method

Feb 28 Accounts Payable 3960Purchase Discount Lost 40

Cash 4000Paid Z Co for purchase of 22 plus discount lost

Feb 28 Transportation-In 50Cash 50

Paid Transportation charges of $50 formerchandise purchased 22

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional

III LOGIC OF INCOME STATEMENT

Gross Sales- Cost of Goods SoldGross Profit

- Qperati~ ~esInc~ from Operations

IV INCOME STATEMENTDarin Is Music Etrporium

Income StatementFor the Year Ended December 31 1995

Sales RevenueGross Sales

Sales Retuxns and AllowancesSales Discounts

Net Sales

$98000$1000

2QQQ hQQQ$95000

Cost of Goods SoldMerchandise InventoryJanuary 1 1995

PurchasesPurchaseRetuxnsand Allowances $1000

PurchaseDiscounts~ J QQQNet Purchases $35000Plus Transportation-In ~Costof GoodsPurchased ~Goods Availablefor Sale $46000Merchandise InventoryDecember31 1995Cost of Goods Sold

Gross ProfitOperating ExpensesSelling Expenses $22500General and Administrative

ExpensesTotal Operating ExpensesIncome from Operations

$10000$38000

2LQQQ 25QQQ

$70000

Z~3JLQQQ

$40000

Note Being a Sole Proprietorship no federalincome tax is owed by the business Darin willfile an individual return

VI

DR CR

Dec 31 82000Income SummaryBeginning InventorySales Retuxns andAllowances

Sales DiscountsPurchasesTransportation-InSelling ExpensesGeneral and Administrative

Expenses

10000

10002000380001000225007500

Note When the list price of an itemdoes not represent its true price anda discount is stated said discountcalled a trade discount is used tolower the historical cost of the item

CLOSING ENTRIES

DR CR

Dec 31 Ending InventorySalesPurchaseRetuxns andAllowances

PurchaseDiscountsIncome Surrmary

Dec 31 Income SurrmaryCapital Darin Jones

Dec 31 Capital Darin JonesWithdrawals Darin Jones

2100098000

10002000

40000122000

4000036000

36000

Note An al ternative method to closingBeginning Inventory with a $10000 creditand creatingthe Ending Inventory with a$21000 debit would be to adjust inventorywith an $11000 debit Either adjusts forall purchases being treated as an expense

31

v BALANCE SHEETDarins Music Emporium

Balance SheetDecember 31 1995

ASSETSCUrrent Assets

Cash $4000Accounts Receivable 1000Office Supplies 250Merchandise Inventory 21000Prepaid Rent

Total CUrrent Assets $26600

Plant and EquipmentStore Equipment $ 6000Less Accumulated Depreciation ---2QQ $5400

Office Equipment $ 5000Less Accumulated Depreciation LQQQ 9400

Total Assets $36000

LIABILITIES

CUrrent LiabilitiesAccounts Payable S22000

Total Liabilities $22000

OWNERS EQUITY

DarinJones CapitalJanuary 1 1995 $10000

I

Net Income $40000WithdrawalsIncrease in Capital --LQQQ

DarinJones CapitalDecember 31 1995 14000

Total Liabilities and Owners Equity $36000

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library 13has learning materials13classified by user type

UNIT 7 ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS

Accounting Systems are designed to eliminate much ofthe duplication involved in a manual accounting systemUsing carbonized receipts special journals as shownhere and ledger cards allow for much of the accounting

work to be accomplished as receipts are processed andchecks written Special journals are important becausethey provide the basis for computerized accountingsystems

Special JournalPurchases Journal is used for Credit PurchasesSales Journal is for Credit SalesCash Payments Journal is used when Cash is CreditedCash Receipts Journal is used when Cash is Debited

Note The following transactions were originally recorded in the General Journalon page 30 In this section when possible they have been recorded in specialjournals The abbreviation of the journal used follows each transaction

13 Purchased merchandise for $4000 on credit from L Companyinvoice dated 11 terms 210n30 PJ

17 Return $500 of defective merchandise purchased 11 fromL Company GJ

111 Paid L Company for purchases of 11 less returnand discount CPJ

112 Recorded Cash Sales of $2000 CRJ114 Sold $5000 of merchandise to M company termS

210n30 SJ118 M Company returned $100 of merchandise purchased

114 GJ124 M Company paid for sale of 114 less return and

discount CRJ

Note Only creditpurchases areallowed in thePurchase Journal

PURCHASES JOURNAL Page 1

CASH PA2MENTS JOURNAL Page 1

Note When posting place the number of the ledger account below the amount posted A check ()should be placed in the Post Reference Column to indicate posting to a Subsidiary Ledger

GENERAL LEDGER

CASH (1)

22802 I 7680Bal 15122

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (3)

11000 I 10900--1QQ

PURCHASES

7960 I

PURCHASE RETURNS (52)

I 500

f51l

M CO1PaIlyen

5000 It~gg

A CO1Pany6000 I 6000

I

PURCHASEPIi~ 531

TRANS~iArCN-TN (0lt1

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

TRAVEL EXPENSES (68)

200 I

PURCHASE DISCOUNT LOST (70)

40 I

36

POSTDAIE ACCOUNT IERMS REF AMOUNT

13 L Company 210n30 400022 Z Company 110n30

7960

(51) (31)

I DATE I EXPLANATIOOIIIRRTl TS DEBITS

PURCHASE POST ACCOUNTS TRAVEL OTHER

POST ICASH DISCOUNTS REF PAYABLE PURCHASES EXPENSE DEBITS REF AMOUNT

111 Paid L Co 1 3430 70 3500 Purchase228 Paid Z Co 2 4000 3960 Discount

I Lost 70 40228 Paid Trans - In 3 50

I

Trans In 55 5035 Paid Travel 4 --ZQQ 2QQ I

I

7680 70 7460 200

I

90(1) (53) (31) (68)

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes Books provide help for accounting economics statistics and basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Professional Development Resources Center 13has material to enhance your career

22 Purchase $4000of merchandisefrom Z Companyterms110n30- Net Method usedPJ228 Paid Z Company for purchase of 22 plus purchase discount lost CPJ228 Paid transportation charges of $50 for merchandise purchased 102 CPJ

Addi tiona1 Transactions

31 Signed a $10000 Note Payable with First Bank Corporation cash deposited today CRJ32 Sold $6000 of merchandise to A Company terms 210n30 SJ35 Paid Travel Expense of $200 CPJ330 A Company paid today CRJ

Note The General Journal is used for Ientries that do not easily fit into aspecial journal Also included areAdjusting Closing Reversing andCorrecting Entries

Note Only Credit Sales areallowed in the Sales Journal

SALES JOURNAL Page1 GENERAL JOURNAL Page1

CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL Page1

CASH SALES (40)

I 2000

ACCOCINTSPAYABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

L CO1Pany Z Corqpany

~ I 4000 3960 I 39604000

=~ir

fUl

CashPurchasesPurchase ReturnsPurchase DiscountsTransportation-In 50TravelExpense 200Purchase Discount Lost 40Notes PayableCash SalesCredit SalesSalesReturns andAllowances

Sales Discounts

$ 151227960

$ 50070

ACCOUNTSPAYABLE (31)

7460 I 7960~~

Bal -0-

CREDIT SALES (41)

I 11000

Darin Is Music EmporiumTrial BalanceMarch 31 1996

NOTES PAYABLE (32)

I 10000

SALES RETURNSAND ALLOWANCES (42)

100 I 100002000

11000

100~

~5JQ ~570

31

INVOICE POSTDATE ACCOUNT NUMBER REF AMOUNT

114 M Conpany 1 J 500032 A Company 2 J

11000(3) (41)

DATE EXPLANATION PR DR CR

17 Accounts Payable - L Co 31 500Purchase Returns 52 500

118 Sales Returns 42 100Accounts Receivable - 3 100

M Co

I IDEBTi (R1ltTIIT

SALES POST ACCOUNTS CASH OTHER I POST IEXPLANATION CASH DISCOUNTS REF RECEIVABLE SALES CREDITS REF AMOUNT

112 Weekly Sales 2000 2000124 M Company 4802 98 J 490031 Signed Note 10000

I

Notes 32 10000330 A Company J hQQQ PayableI

I

22802 98i

10900 2000 10000(1) (43) i (3) (40) I I (32)

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library has has material to help with many popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library has free accounting mathematics and statistics software
Page 6: OVERVIEW OF THE ACCOUNI'ING CYCLE Cycle from Quick Notes.pdfAccounting is the process of tracking these financial activities and summarizing them for interested parties (owners, managers,

UNIT 3 CASH VERSUS ACCRUAL ACCOUNTING

I Introduction

A The income statement measures business activity

B This activity affects the financial condition of a business as pictured by the balance sheet

C Procedural choices exist when measuring business activity1 For example there are a number of inventory methods to choose from when valuing inventory

Each results in a different value for ending inventory a different cost of goods sold a differentgross profit and a different measure of income All for the same business activity

2 Different possible measures of business activity lead to different possible financial pictures forthe same company

3 Understanding these procedural choices and their effect on the financial picture of a companyare an important aspect of accounting

II Recognizing Revenue and Expenses

A In accounting recognition is when a financial activity is recorded and becomes partof the financial statements

B Recognizing revenue and expenses determines their distribution to particular accountingperiods Profit is thus being allocated among periods1 How do you account for goods sold for $25000 in December 1996 which were paid for

in March 1997 if the accounting period ends on December 31 1996 The goods weregone when the 1996 balance sheet was made but the money did not come in until 1997

2 How do you account for a $7000 computer paid for in November that will last three years

III Cash Basis Accounting

A Cash basis accounting records revenue and expenses when cash enters and leaves the business

B Advantages of cash basis accounting1 It is easy to do2 It is objective with few choices to make Cash either comes in or goes out period

C Disadvantages of cash basis accounting1 No attempt is made to match an expense with the revenue it generates

This means that the income statement and balance sheet may not be goodpictures of recent business activity and present business conditions

2 For example the cash purchase of an expensive computer will all becharged in the year of purchase even though it will last a number of yearsThis means that income in the year of purchase would be understated andincome would be overstated in the following years

3 When business activity involves inventory assets cash basis accounting is notallowed for income tax purposes by the Internal Revenue Service

16

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library 13has learning materials13classified by user type
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library has material to help with many popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors can help you learn

IV Accrual Basis Accounting

A Accrual basis accounting records the financial effects of a business activity in the period the effect occurs1 Revenue is recognized (recorded) when earned (the goods were legally transferred or the service performed)

a Cash may come in before revenue is earned as with a subscription magazineb Cash may come in when revenue is earned as with the sale of a Dominos pizzac Cash may come in after revenue is earned as with the acceptance of a credit

card for the sale of a television

d In all cases revenue is earned when the item changes legal ownership2 Expenses are recognized when their benefit is received

a Cash may go out before the benefit as with the payment of next years annual property taxes in Septemberb Cash may go out when the benefit is received as with the payment of a bridge tollc Cash may go out after the benefit is received as with the payment of this periods payroll in the next periodd In all cases the expense is recorded when the benefit is received

3 Accrual accounting is based on matching an expense with the revenue it helps generate (matching principle)4 When an accounting activity spans more than one accounting period an adjustment is needed at the end of

the first period to assure that the revenue is recorded when earned and the expenses are recognized with theirbenefit

B Accruals and deferrals

1 Accruals and deferrals are required to conform with the matching principle2 Accruals are needed when something has affected the income statement and is unrecorded

a Accrued revenues have been earned but not recorded Example Construction work hasbeen done but not received It must be recorded with the amount to be received reported asconstruction revenue on the income statement and accounts receivable on the balance sheet

b Accrued expenses have been incurred but not recorded Example Salaries are earned byemployees but not paid They must be recorded with the a~ount to be paid reported assalaries expense on the income statement and salaries payable on the balance sheet

3 Deferrals refer to situations where cash is received orpaid and the income statement has not been affecteda Deferred revenue has been received in advance

Example Revenue from a two-year magazine subscription is received in Octoberand the first magazine wont be sent until next year This deferred revenue isreported as the liability unearned subscription revenue on the balance sheet

b Deferred expenses have been paid in advance Example Liability insurance for oneyear is paid in March and coverage begins in April This deferred expense is reportedas the asset prepaid insurance on the balance sheet

C The advantages and disadvantages of accrual basis accounting1 Accrual accounting measures current income more accurately than the cash method

a This means that the balance sheet is a more accurate estimate of financial position (value)b Accurate current information makes it easier to predict future income and financial position

2 Accrual accounting is difficult to understanda Confusion exists because net income does not equal the periods change in cashb The cash balance of a company with high income may even decrease during the yearc For example a rapidly growing profitable retailer may face a shortage of cash for

many reasons1) Rapid growth often requires large inventories New retailers often find

that suppliers will not grant credit This combination increases cash outflows2) Gaining market share may require a retailer to grant easy credit terms

This decreases cash inflows3) As a result a very successful business may not have adequate cash

17

Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
MBA Internet Library will help 13with acceptance graduation 13and career advancement
Owner
Line

UNIT 4 ADJUSTMENTS WORKSHEET AND STATEMENTS

Adjusting Entries are needed because it is uneconomical to make changes daily to some accounts and for othersvital information is not known until the end of the account period When analyzing these September 30Adjusting Entries consider the relevant account balances listed in the Trial Balance the change described in thetransaction descriptions and the relevant Journal Entries on page 8

I DEBITS AND CREDITS

~

~RI CR

LIABILITIESDR

I

CR

- +

+ OWNERS EOUITYDR

I

CR- +

WITHDRAWAlS EXPENSES

~RI~ ~RI CR

REVENUEDR

I

CR- +

II TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry SezviceTrial Balance

September 30 1991

III ADJUSTING JOURNAL ENTRIESSample Problem Adjustments - Wednesday September 30 1991

ANALYZING TRANSACTIONS

Assets Liabilities Owner IS Equity+

a One month of scheduled advertising appearedin the school newspaper See transaction 2 page 8

Prepaid AdvertisingI 10

Advertising Expense10 I

b A count of Laundry SUpplies revealed $5 worth on hand

Laundry SqppliesI 20

Laun~20 ~ly Expense

c Depreciation was taken on $48 of equipment with a usefullife of 4 years

AcCtU1lUlated Depreciation

Laundty~ipmentI 1

Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Eqlipment1 I

Note Depreciation is accumulated and subtractedfrom the relevant asset on the Balance Sheet

d On Friday October 2nd Darin would pay his first enployeewho worked Monday Wednesday and Friday $15 for the week

Salaries PayableI 10

Salaries Expense10 I

e Laundry Sezvicesfor one of the two students who had paidin advance had been performed as of 93091

Unearned Laundry Revenue Laundty Revenue10 I I 10

f On Tuesday September 29 services had been finishedfor 3 studentswho promised to pay $10 each on 105

Accounts Receivable30 I Launampy Revenue30

18

JOURNALIZING TRANSACTIONS

DR CR

a Advertising ExpensePrepaid Advertising

To record advertisingexpired

1010

b Laundry Supply Expense 20Laundry Supplies

To record Laundry Suppliesused

20

c Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Equipment 1

Accumulated DepreciationLaundry Equipment

Septembers Depreciationrecorded

1

d SalariesExpense 10Salaries PayableTo record salaries earnedbut not paid

10

e Unearned Laundry Revenue 10Laundry Revenue

To record Laundry Feesearned

10

f Accounts ReceivableLaundry Revenue

To record Laundry Feesearned

3030

Cash $117Accounts Receivable 5Prepaid Advertising 50Laundry Supplies 25Laundry Equipment 48Accounts Payable $ 30Unearned Laundry Revenue 20

Capital Darin Jones 150Withdrawals Darin Jones 20Laundry Revenue 150

Washer7DIyer Expense 75

Telephone Expense$350$350

Owner
Text Box
Business Book Mall has material 13to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors will help you learn

WORKSHEETIV

A worksheet begins with a Trial Balance Adjustments based upon data accumulated during the period are madeHorizontal extensions with like balances being added and unlike balances being subtracted result in an AdjustedTrial Balance Each account is then extended to the proper (similar) column of the Income Statement or BalanceSheet Income is then added to both the Income Statement and Balance Sheet to prove the Worksheet

1BalanceSheet I

117 I35 I40 I

5 I48 I

30 I10 I

liLl1

1

IIIIIIIIII

1

IJQ I201 I--H 1265 I

I

rIIICashIAccounts Receivable

1 Prepaid Advertising

I

Launfuy SttPpliesLaundry EquipmentIAccounts Payable1Unearned Laundry Revenue

I Capital Darin JonesIWithdrawals - Darin Jones 201 Laundry RevenueI

1WasherDryer Expense

[TelePhone ~eIAdvertising Expense

I Laundry Supplies ExpenseI Depreciation ExpenseI LaundJy EquipmentIAccumulated Depreciation

I LaundryEquipmentI Salaries ExpenseISalaries PayableI

I

l

IncomeStatementTripl Balance

1175

5025

48

Adjustments

(f) 30(a) 10M2Q

3020

J5Q(e) 10

20(e) 10(f) 30

150 190

75lQ

350

7512

350(a) 10(b) 20

1020

icl 1 1

(c) 1(d) 10 10

- Ml lQBl__Rl

--265126 190

--H -190 190 265

Note Income represents the net changes in assets and liabilities occurring during the period Because Revenue(asset increases) were greater than expenses (asset decreases or liability increases) the debit column of the BalanceSheet is higher than the credit column by an amount equal to net income This occurred because equity changeshave been temporarily stored in Income Statement accounts The Closing Process explained in the next unit willformally increase Owners Equity by the proper amount

V ACCOUNTING STATEMENTSrI

1

j

I

I ASSETS Current Assets

I

CashAccountsReceivablePrepaidAdvertising

I LaundrySupplies Plant and Equipment LaundryEquipment Less AccurmJlated

$ 11 Depreciation301 Total Assets10 [10

150120

I190

I

1IIIIII

$117 1

35 1

40 I

5 I

I

$48 I

-1

---fl I

$244 1

-I1

I

$ 30 I

10 I

~$ 50

I

I

I

$150 I$64 I-2QM I

~II

$244 1

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceBalance Sheet

September 30 1991I I

I Note SectionV hasbeen I

arranged to show how Balance 1

Sheet accounts come from the I

I top of the Trial Balance and 1I IncomeStatementaccounts 1

I come from the bottomof the I

I Trial Balance I

I I

r

I

I

I

I Cash

IAccounts ReceivableIPrepaid AdvertisingILaundry Supplies

j

Laundry EquipmentAccurmJlated Depreciation

Laundry EquipmentIAccounts PayableISalaries Payable

1991 1 Unearned Laundry Revenue1 Capital Darin JonesIWithdrawals Darin Jones

$190 ILaundry RevenueI Advertising Expense

I

Salaries ExpenseWasherDryer ExpenseITelephone ExpenseILaundry Supply Expense

I

Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Equipment

I

~I$ 64

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceAdjusted Trial BalanceSeptember 30 1991

$1173540

548

rI1 Quick Clean LaundryServiceI Income Statement

I

For the Month Ended Sept 30

RevenueI LaundryRevenueI

I

I

I

I

I

I

LIABILITIESCUrrent Liabilities

Accounts PayableSalaries PayableUnearned Laundry Revenue

Total CUrrent Liabilities1010751020

Operating ExpensesAdvertisingSalaries

WasherDryerTelephoneLaundry SuppliesDepreciationLaundryEquipment --1

Total Operating ExpensesNet Income

$1010751020

OWNER IS EQUITY

Capital Sept 1Net IncomeWithdrawalsCapitalSept 30Total Liabilities+

Owner Is Equity

~ J

$391 $3911

Note Now that the concept of normal balances has been fIrmly established that is assets and expenses have debitbalances and revenues liabilities equity and contra assets (accumulated depreciation) have credit balances it willno longer be necessary to restrict statement presentations to two columns with debit balances always to the left ofcredit balances The above statements have been so constructed

19

AdjustedTrial Balance

1173540

548

3010

15020

190

75lQ

1020

l

110

JQ391 391

Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors can help

UNIT 5 COMPLETING THE ACCOUNTING CYCLE

I ACCOUNTING STATEMENTS

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceBalance Sheet

September 30 1991

ASSETSCurrent Assets

CashAccounts ReceivablePrepaid AdvertisingLaundry SuppliesPlant and Equipment

Laundry EquipmentLess Accumulated

DepreciationTotal Assets

$11735405

Now that Financial Statements have been made amountstemporarily stored in expense revenue and the withdrawalsaccounts may be moved to the equity account A new accountentitled Income Summary will be used to calculate incomewhich will then be moved to Owners Equity

$48---1

-fl$244

LIABILITIESCurrent Liabilities

Accounts Payable $ 30Salaries Payable 10Unearned Laundry Revenue ---1Q

Total Current Liabilities $ 50

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceIncome Statement

For the Month Ended Sept 30 1991

~

$244

RevenueLaundry Revenue

Operating ExpensesWasherDryer Expense $75Telephone Expense 10Advertising Expense 10Laundry Supply Expense 20Depreciation Expense 1SalariesExpense 1Q

Total Operating ExpensesNet Income

$190

OWNERS EQUITY

Capital Sept1Income $64Withdrawals -2Q ~Capital Sept 30Total Liabilities +

Owners Equity

$150

~$ 64

II CLOSING PROCESS LOGIC III CLOSING JOURNAL ENTRIES

Step 1 Reduce Expenses to zeroStep 2 Reduce Revenues to zeroStep 3 Reduce IncomeSummary to zeroStep 4 Reduce Withdrawals to zero

Owner 1s Equity(4) 20

I

Bal 150(3) 64

Sept 30 Income SummaryWasherDryer ExpenseTelephone ExpenseAdvertising ExpenseLaundry Supply ExpenseDepreciation ExpenseSalaries Expense

Sept 30 Laundry RevenueIncome Summary

DR126

CR

75101020110

190190

Withdrawals

Bal 20 I (4) 20Income Summary

(1)126 I (2) 190(3) 64

Sept 30 Income SummaryCapital Darin Jones

6464

~es

Bal 126 I (1) 126Revenue Sept 30 CapitalDarinJones

(2)190 IBal 190 Withdrawals Darin Jones

2020

IV POST-CLOSING TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry ServicePost-Closing Trial Balance

September30 1991

CashAccounts ReceivablePrepaid AdvertisingLaundry SuppliesLaundry EquipmentAccumulated Depreciation

Laundry EquipmentAccounts PayableSalaries PayableUnearned Laundry RevenueCapital Darin Jones

$1173540

548

Note The closing of all ex-pense and revenue accountsresults in a Post-ClosingTrial Balance consisting ofonly Balance Sheet accounts

$ 1301010

~$245$245

24

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software

v REVERSmG ENTRIES

Adjusting entries sometimes require a unique nonroutine entry early in the next cycle to complete a particulartransaction The September 30th payroll adjustment of $10 to Salaries Expense and Salaries Payable associatedwith the $15 weekly payroll is an example A unique entry must be made on the October 2nd payday to completethe payroll Reversing the September 30 adjustment on October 1 will allow the regular payroll entry on October 2to complete the payroll Regardless of the alternative chosen $10 is charged to Salaries Expense in September$5 in October and the salary liability has been brought to zero

10

Paying Salaries- No ReversingEntryDR

Sept 30 SalariesExpense 10Salaries Payable

Oct 2 SalariesExpenseSalariesPayableCash

CR

510

15

VI CORRECTING ENTRIES

Erasing is never allowed A line may be drawn through journal entry errors discovered beforeposting After posting errors must be corrected with journal entries If a $5 purchase of LaundrySupplies had been posted to Laundry Equipment the following Correcting Entry would be necessary

DR CR5Oct 5 Laundry Supplies

Laundry Equipment 5

VII THE THIRTEEN ACCOUNTING STEPS

1 Journal Entries 4 Adjusting Entries2 Post to Ledger 5 Post to Ledger3 Trial Balance 6 Adjusted Trial

Balance

7 Income Statement8 Balance Sheet

9 Closing Entries10 Post to Ledger11 Post-Closing Trial

Balance

12 ReversingEntries

13 CorrectingEntries

VIII OWNER I S EQUITY VS STOCKHOLDERS I EQUITY

Sole proprietorships and partnerships account for Owners Equity in essentially the same manner only the numberof capital and withdrawal accounts differ Corporations on the other hand replace the capital account with contributedcapital (stock) accounts use dividends to distribute equity to owners and accumulated undistributed profits in theRetained Earnings account Septembers equity transactions for Quick Clean contrasting a sole proprietorship witha corporation appear below Also contrasted are the equity sections of the Balance Sheet

Income SUIUTlary

Capital Darin Jones

64

CRCashCapitalDarin Jones

DR150

150

64

Retained EarningsDividend Payable

Declared a 13 13ltpershare stock dividend

Dividend PayableCash

2020

2020

EQUITY SECTION OF BALANCE SHEET

OWners EquityDarin Jones CapitalSeptember1 1992 $150Net Income $ 64Withdrawals 2Q --MCapitalSeptember30 S194

StockholdersI EquityComnon Stock $1 par 150 shares

authorized and outstandingRetained EarningsTotal Stockholders Equity

$150-HS194

25

PayingSalarJes - ReversingEntryDR CR

Sept 30 Salaries Expense 10

Salaries Payable 10Oct 1 Salaries Payable 10

Salaries Expense 10Oct 2 Salaries Expense 15

Cash 15

STARTING A BUSINESSCR DR

Cash 150150 Comnon Stock

Issued 150 shares of$1 par Common Stock

RECORDING EARNINGS

Income SUIUTlary 6464 Retained Earnings

DISTlUBUTING EARNINGS

WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20Cash 20

CapitalDarin Jones 20WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20

Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library 13has material to help with many 13popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career

UNIT 6 MERCHANDISING

A merchandising company is a Retailer Retailers buymerchandise from manufacturers andor wholesalersmark the merchandise up enough to cover operatingexpenses and make a profit Merchandise bought forre-sale is charged to Purchases Cost of merchandisesold is calculated by subtracting Ending Inventory fromBeginning Inventory plus Net Purchases (including

transportation costs) Sales Discounts and PurchaseDiscounts are given to those who pay early Anexample of discount terms would be 210n30 whichmeans 2 is taken off if paid within 10 days otherwisepay within 30 days Unsatisfactory goods are accountedfor by charging Sales Returns and Allowance orPurchase Returns and Allowance

I LOGIC OF MERCHANDISING DEBITS AND CREDITS

Debits

I Purchases Ilt gt

Credits

SalesI

Note Sales and Purchasesare opposites and thereforehave opposite nonnal balancesTheir return and discountaccounts also have oppositebalancesSales Returns

Sales Discountslt gt Purchase Returns

Purchase Discounts

DARINS MUSIC EMPORIUM

Darin Jones graduated in December of 1994 and after a brief vacation took the accumulation from his Laundry businessand invested $10000 in Darins Music Emporium a retailer of computerized musical instruments Sample JournalEntries and 1995 statements along with Closing Entries appear below Please read transaction descriptions first

II JOURNAL ENTRIES

30

Note Relatedtransactions havebeen boxed

Note The net method ofrecording purchasesassumes the PurchaseDiscount will be takenIf it is not taken aPurchase Discount Lostis recorded PurchaseDiscounts Lost are notconsidered an operatingexpense and are reportedafter operating incomein an Income Statementsection entitled OtherRevenue and Expenses

Jan 3 Purchases 4000Accounts Payable 4000

READ FIRST--gt Merchandisepurchased for $4000on creditfrom L Co invoice dated 11 terms 210n30

Jan 7 Accounts Payable 500Purchase Returns and Allowances 500

Returned $500 of merchandise purchased 11

Jan 11 Accounts Payable 3500Purchase Discount 70Cash 3430

Paid L Co for purchase of 11 less returnand discount

Jan 12 Cash 2000Sales 2000

Recorded Cash Sales of $2000

Jan 14 Accounts Receivable 5000Sales 5000

Recorded credit sale of $5000 to M Coterms 210n30

Jan 18 Sales Returns and Allowances 100Accounts Receivable 100M Co returned$100 of merchandise purchased 114

Jan 24 Cash 4802Sales Discount 98

Accounts Receivable 4900Receivedpayment fromM Co less returnless discount

Feb 2 Purchases 3960Accounts Payable 3960

Merchandise purchased fromZ Cowith a valueof $4000 terms 110n30 - Net Method

Feb 28 Accounts Payable 3960Purchase Discount Lost 40

Cash 4000Paid Z Co for purchase of 22 plus discount lost

Feb 28 Transportation-In 50Cash 50

Paid Transportation charges of $50 formerchandise purchased 22

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional

III LOGIC OF INCOME STATEMENT

Gross Sales- Cost of Goods SoldGross Profit

- Qperati~ ~esInc~ from Operations

IV INCOME STATEMENTDarin Is Music Etrporium

Income StatementFor the Year Ended December 31 1995

Sales RevenueGross Sales

Sales Retuxns and AllowancesSales Discounts

Net Sales

$98000$1000

2QQQ hQQQ$95000

Cost of Goods SoldMerchandise InventoryJanuary 1 1995

PurchasesPurchaseRetuxnsand Allowances $1000

PurchaseDiscounts~ J QQQNet Purchases $35000Plus Transportation-In ~Costof GoodsPurchased ~Goods Availablefor Sale $46000Merchandise InventoryDecember31 1995Cost of Goods Sold

Gross ProfitOperating ExpensesSelling Expenses $22500General and Administrative

ExpensesTotal Operating ExpensesIncome from Operations

$10000$38000

2LQQQ 25QQQ

$70000

Z~3JLQQQ

$40000

Note Being a Sole Proprietorship no federalincome tax is owed by the business Darin willfile an individual return

VI

DR CR

Dec 31 82000Income SummaryBeginning InventorySales Retuxns andAllowances

Sales DiscountsPurchasesTransportation-InSelling ExpensesGeneral and Administrative

Expenses

10000

10002000380001000225007500

Note When the list price of an itemdoes not represent its true price anda discount is stated said discountcalled a trade discount is used tolower the historical cost of the item

CLOSING ENTRIES

DR CR

Dec 31 Ending InventorySalesPurchaseRetuxns andAllowances

PurchaseDiscountsIncome Surrmary

Dec 31 Income SurrmaryCapital Darin Jones

Dec 31 Capital Darin JonesWithdrawals Darin Jones

2100098000

10002000

40000122000

4000036000

36000

Note An al ternative method to closingBeginning Inventory with a $10000 creditand creatingthe Ending Inventory with a$21000 debit would be to adjust inventorywith an $11000 debit Either adjusts forall purchases being treated as an expense

31

v BALANCE SHEETDarins Music Emporium

Balance SheetDecember 31 1995

ASSETSCUrrent Assets

Cash $4000Accounts Receivable 1000Office Supplies 250Merchandise Inventory 21000Prepaid Rent

Total CUrrent Assets $26600

Plant and EquipmentStore Equipment $ 6000Less Accumulated Depreciation ---2QQ $5400

Office Equipment $ 5000Less Accumulated Depreciation LQQQ 9400

Total Assets $36000

LIABILITIES

CUrrent LiabilitiesAccounts Payable S22000

Total Liabilities $22000

OWNERS EQUITY

DarinJones CapitalJanuary 1 1995 $10000

I

Net Income $40000WithdrawalsIncrease in Capital --LQQQ

DarinJones CapitalDecember 31 1995 14000

Total Liabilities and Owners Equity $36000

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library 13has learning materials13classified by user type

UNIT 7 ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS

Accounting Systems are designed to eliminate much ofthe duplication involved in a manual accounting systemUsing carbonized receipts special journals as shownhere and ledger cards allow for much of the accounting

work to be accomplished as receipts are processed andchecks written Special journals are important becausethey provide the basis for computerized accountingsystems

Special JournalPurchases Journal is used for Credit PurchasesSales Journal is for Credit SalesCash Payments Journal is used when Cash is CreditedCash Receipts Journal is used when Cash is Debited

Note The following transactions were originally recorded in the General Journalon page 30 In this section when possible they have been recorded in specialjournals The abbreviation of the journal used follows each transaction

13 Purchased merchandise for $4000 on credit from L Companyinvoice dated 11 terms 210n30 PJ

17 Return $500 of defective merchandise purchased 11 fromL Company GJ

111 Paid L Company for purchases of 11 less returnand discount CPJ

112 Recorded Cash Sales of $2000 CRJ114 Sold $5000 of merchandise to M company termS

210n30 SJ118 M Company returned $100 of merchandise purchased

114 GJ124 M Company paid for sale of 114 less return and

discount CRJ

Note Only creditpurchases areallowed in thePurchase Journal

PURCHASES JOURNAL Page 1

CASH PA2MENTS JOURNAL Page 1

Note When posting place the number of the ledger account below the amount posted A check ()should be placed in the Post Reference Column to indicate posting to a Subsidiary Ledger

GENERAL LEDGER

CASH (1)

22802 I 7680Bal 15122

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (3)

11000 I 10900--1QQ

PURCHASES

7960 I

PURCHASE RETURNS (52)

I 500

f51l

M CO1PaIlyen

5000 It~gg

A CO1Pany6000 I 6000

I

PURCHASEPIi~ 531

TRANS~iArCN-TN (0lt1

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

TRAVEL EXPENSES (68)

200 I

PURCHASE DISCOUNT LOST (70)

40 I

36

POSTDAIE ACCOUNT IERMS REF AMOUNT

13 L Company 210n30 400022 Z Company 110n30

7960

(51) (31)

I DATE I EXPLANATIOOIIIRRTl TS DEBITS

PURCHASE POST ACCOUNTS TRAVEL OTHER

POST ICASH DISCOUNTS REF PAYABLE PURCHASES EXPENSE DEBITS REF AMOUNT

111 Paid L Co 1 3430 70 3500 Purchase228 Paid Z Co 2 4000 3960 Discount

I Lost 70 40228 Paid Trans - In 3 50

I

Trans In 55 5035 Paid Travel 4 --ZQQ 2QQ I

I

7680 70 7460 200

I

90(1) (53) (31) (68)

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes Books provide help for accounting economics statistics and basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Professional Development Resources Center 13has material to enhance your career

22 Purchase $4000of merchandisefrom Z Companyterms110n30- Net Method usedPJ228 Paid Z Company for purchase of 22 plus purchase discount lost CPJ228 Paid transportation charges of $50 for merchandise purchased 102 CPJ

Addi tiona1 Transactions

31 Signed a $10000 Note Payable with First Bank Corporation cash deposited today CRJ32 Sold $6000 of merchandise to A Company terms 210n30 SJ35 Paid Travel Expense of $200 CPJ330 A Company paid today CRJ

Note The General Journal is used for Ientries that do not easily fit into aspecial journal Also included areAdjusting Closing Reversing andCorrecting Entries

Note Only Credit Sales areallowed in the Sales Journal

SALES JOURNAL Page1 GENERAL JOURNAL Page1

CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL Page1

CASH SALES (40)

I 2000

ACCOCINTSPAYABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

L CO1Pany Z Corqpany

~ I 4000 3960 I 39604000

=~ir

fUl

CashPurchasesPurchase ReturnsPurchase DiscountsTransportation-In 50TravelExpense 200Purchase Discount Lost 40Notes PayableCash SalesCredit SalesSalesReturns andAllowances

Sales Discounts

$ 151227960

$ 50070

ACCOUNTSPAYABLE (31)

7460 I 7960~~

Bal -0-

CREDIT SALES (41)

I 11000

Darin Is Music EmporiumTrial BalanceMarch 31 1996

NOTES PAYABLE (32)

I 10000

SALES RETURNSAND ALLOWANCES (42)

100 I 100002000

11000

100~

~5JQ ~570

31

INVOICE POSTDATE ACCOUNT NUMBER REF AMOUNT

114 M Conpany 1 J 500032 A Company 2 J

11000(3) (41)

DATE EXPLANATION PR DR CR

17 Accounts Payable - L Co 31 500Purchase Returns 52 500

118 Sales Returns 42 100Accounts Receivable - 3 100

M Co

I IDEBTi (R1ltTIIT

SALES POST ACCOUNTS CASH OTHER I POST IEXPLANATION CASH DISCOUNTS REF RECEIVABLE SALES CREDITS REF AMOUNT

112 Weekly Sales 2000 2000124 M Company 4802 98 J 490031 Signed Note 10000

I

Notes 32 10000330 A Company J hQQQ PayableI

I

22802 98i

10900 2000 10000(1) (43) i (3) (40) I I (32)

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library has has material to help with many popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library has free accounting mathematics and statistics software
Page 7: OVERVIEW OF THE ACCOUNI'ING CYCLE Cycle from Quick Notes.pdfAccounting is the process of tracking these financial activities and summarizing them for interested parties (owners, managers,

IV Accrual Basis Accounting

A Accrual basis accounting records the financial effects of a business activity in the period the effect occurs1 Revenue is recognized (recorded) when earned (the goods were legally transferred or the service performed)

a Cash may come in before revenue is earned as with a subscription magazineb Cash may come in when revenue is earned as with the sale of a Dominos pizzac Cash may come in after revenue is earned as with the acceptance of a credit

card for the sale of a television

d In all cases revenue is earned when the item changes legal ownership2 Expenses are recognized when their benefit is received

a Cash may go out before the benefit as with the payment of next years annual property taxes in Septemberb Cash may go out when the benefit is received as with the payment of a bridge tollc Cash may go out after the benefit is received as with the payment of this periods payroll in the next periodd In all cases the expense is recorded when the benefit is received

3 Accrual accounting is based on matching an expense with the revenue it helps generate (matching principle)4 When an accounting activity spans more than one accounting period an adjustment is needed at the end of

the first period to assure that the revenue is recorded when earned and the expenses are recognized with theirbenefit

B Accruals and deferrals

1 Accruals and deferrals are required to conform with the matching principle2 Accruals are needed when something has affected the income statement and is unrecorded

a Accrued revenues have been earned but not recorded Example Construction work hasbeen done but not received It must be recorded with the amount to be received reported asconstruction revenue on the income statement and accounts receivable on the balance sheet

b Accrued expenses have been incurred but not recorded Example Salaries are earned byemployees but not paid They must be recorded with the a~ount to be paid reported assalaries expense on the income statement and salaries payable on the balance sheet

3 Deferrals refer to situations where cash is received orpaid and the income statement has not been affecteda Deferred revenue has been received in advance

Example Revenue from a two-year magazine subscription is received in Octoberand the first magazine wont be sent until next year This deferred revenue isreported as the liability unearned subscription revenue on the balance sheet

b Deferred expenses have been paid in advance Example Liability insurance for oneyear is paid in March and coverage begins in April This deferred expense is reportedas the asset prepaid insurance on the balance sheet

C The advantages and disadvantages of accrual basis accounting1 Accrual accounting measures current income more accurately than the cash method

a This means that the balance sheet is a more accurate estimate of financial position (value)b Accurate current information makes it easier to predict future income and financial position

2 Accrual accounting is difficult to understanda Confusion exists because net income does not equal the periods change in cashb The cash balance of a company with high income may even decrease during the yearc For example a rapidly growing profitable retailer may face a shortage of cash for

many reasons1) Rapid growth often requires large inventories New retailers often find

that suppliers will not grant credit This combination increases cash outflows2) Gaining market share may require a retailer to grant easy credit terms

This decreases cash inflows3) As a result a very successful business may not have adequate cash

17

Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
MBA Internet Library will help 13with acceptance graduation 13and career advancement
Owner
Line

UNIT 4 ADJUSTMENTS WORKSHEET AND STATEMENTS

Adjusting Entries are needed because it is uneconomical to make changes daily to some accounts and for othersvital information is not known until the end of the account period When analyzing these September 30Adjusting Entries consider the relevant account balances listed in the Trial Balance the change described in thetransaction descriptions and the relevant Journal Entries on page 8

I DEBITS AND CREDITS

~

~RI CR

LIABILITIESDR

I

CR

- +

+ OWNERS EOUITYDR

I

CR- +

WITHDRAWAlS EXPENSES

~RI~ ~RI CR

REVENUEDR

I

CR- +

II TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry SezviceTrial Balance

September 30 1991

III ADJUSTING JOURNAL ENTRIESSample Problem Adjustments - Wednesday September 30 1991

ANALYZING TRANSACTIONS

Assets Liabilities Owner IS Equity+

a One month of scheduled advertising appearedin the school newspaper See transaction 2 page 8

Prepaid AdvertisingI 10

Advertising Expense10 I

b A count of Laundry SUpplies revealed $5 worth on hand

Laundry SqppliesI 20

Laun~20 ~ly Expense

c Depreciation was taken on $48 of equipment with a usefullife of 4 years

AcCtU1lUlated Depreciation

Laundty~ipmentI 1

Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Eqlipment1 I

Note Depreciation is accumulated and subtractedfrom the relevant asset on the Balance Sheet

d On Friday October 2nd Darin would pay his first enployeewho worked Monday Wednesday and Friday $15 for the week

Salaries PayableI 10

Salaries Expense10 I

e Laundry Sezvicesfor one of the two students who had paidin advance had been performed as of 93091

Unearned Laundry Revenue Laundty Revenue10 I I 10

f On Tuesday September 29 services had been finishedfor 3 studentswho promised to pay $10 each on 105

Accounts Receivable30 I Launampy Revenue30

18

JOURNALIZING TRANSACTIONS

DR CR

a Advertising ExpensePrepaid Advertising

To record advertisingexpired

1010

b Laundry Supply Expense 20Laundry Supplies

To record Laundry Suppliesused

20

c Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Equipment 1

Accumulated DepreciationLaundry Equipment

Septembers Depreciationrecorded

1

d SalariesExpense 10Salaries PayableTo record salaries earnedbut not paid

10

e Unearned Laundry Revenue 10Laundry Revenue

To record Laundry Feesearned

10

f Accounts ReceivableLaundry Revenue

To record Laundry Feesearned

3030

Cash $117Accounts Receivable 5Prepaid Advertising 50Laundry Supplies 25Laundry Equipment 48Accounts Payable $ 30Unearned Laundry Revenue 20

Capital Darin Jones 150Withdrawals Darin Jones 20Laundry Revenue 150

Washer7DIyer Expense 75

Telephone Expense$350$350

Owner
Text Box
Business Book Mall has material 13to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors will help you learn

WORKSHEETIV

A worksheet begins with a Trial Balance Adjustments based upon data accumulated during the period are madeHorizontal extensions with like balances being added and unlike balances being subtracted result in an AdjustedTrial Balance Each account is then extended to the proper (similar) column of the Income Statement or BalanceSheet Income is then added to both the Income Statement and Balance Sheet to prove the Worksheet

1BalanceSheet I

117 I35 I40 I

5 I48 I

30 I10 I

liLl1

1

IIIIIIIIII

1

IJQ I201 I--H 1265 I

I

rIIICashIAccounts Receivable

1 Prepaid Advertising

I

Launfuy SttPpliesLaundry EquipmentIAccounts Payable1Unearned Laundry Revenue

I Capital Darin JonesIWithdrawals - Darin Jones 201 Laundry RevenueI

1WasherDryer Expense

[TelePhone ~eIAdvertising Expense

I Laundry Supplies ExpenseI Depreciation ExpenseI LaundJy EquipmentIAccumulated Depreciation

I LaundryEquipmentI Salaries ExpenseISalaries PayableI

I

l

IncomeStatementTripl Balance

1175

5025

48

Adjustments

(f) 30(a) 10M2Q

3020

J5Q(e) 10

20(e) 10(f) 30

150 190

75lQ

350

7512

350(a) 10(b) 20

1020

icl 1 1

(c) 1(d) 10 10

- Ml lQBl__Rl

--265126 190

--H -190 190 265

Note Income represents the net changes in assets and liabilities occurring during the period Because Revenue(asset increases) were greater than expenses (asset decreases or liability increases) the debit column of the BalanceSheet is higher than the credit column by an amount equal to net income This occurred because equity changeshave been temporarily stored in Income Statement accounts The Closing Process explained in the next unit willformally increase Owners Equity by the proper amount

V ACCOUNTING STATEMENTSrI

1

j

I

I ASSETS Current Assets

I

CashAccountsReceivablePrepaidAdvertising

I LaundrySupplies Plant and Equipment LaundryEquipment Less AccurmJlated

$ 11 Depreciation301 Total Assets10 [10

150120

I190

I

1IIIIII

$117 1

35 1

40 I

5 I

I

$48 I

-1

---fl I

$244 1

-I1

I

$ 30 I

10 I

~$ 50

I

I

I

$150 I$64 I-2QM I

~II

$244 1

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceBalance Sheet

September 30 1991I I

I Note SectionV hasbeen I

arranged to show how Balance 1

Sheet accounts come from the I

I top of the Trial Balance and 1I IncomeStatementaccounts 1

I come from the bottomof the I

I Trial Balance I

I I

r

I

I

I

I Cash

IAccounts ReceivableIPrepaid AdvertisingILaundry Supplies

j

Laundry EquipmentAccurmJlated Depreciation

Laundry EquipmentIAccounts PayableISalaries Payable

1991 1 Unearned Laundry Revenue1 Capital Darin JonesIWithdrawals Darin Jones

$190 ILaundry RevenueI Advertising Expense

I

Salaries ExpenseWasherDryer ExpenseITelephone ExpenseILaundry Supply Expense

I

Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Equipment

I

~I$ 64

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceAdjusted Trial BalanceSeptember 30 1991

$1173540

548

rI1 Quick Clean LaundryServiceI Income Statement

I

For the Month Ended Sept 30

RevenueI LaundryRevenueI

I

I

I

I

I

I

LIABILITIESCUrrent Liabilities

Accounts PayableSalaries PayableUnearned Laundry Revenue

Total CUrrent Liabilities1010751020

Operating ExpensesAdvertisingSalaries

WasherDryerTelephoneLaundry SuppliesDepreciationLaundryEquipment --1

Total Operating ExpensesNet Income

$1010751020

OWNER IS EQUITY

Capital Sept 1Net IncomeWithdrawalsCapitalSept 30Total Liabilities+

Owner Is Equity

~ J

$391 $3911

Note Now that the concept of normal balances has been fIrmly established that is assets and expenses have debitbalances and revenues liabilities equity and contra assets (accumulated depreciation) have credit balances it willno longer be necessary to restrict statement presentations to two columns with debit balances always to the left ofcredit balances The above statements have been so constructed

19

AdjustedTrial Balance

1173540

548

3010

15020

190

75lQ

1020

l

110

JQ391 391

Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors can help

UNIT 5 COMPLETING THE ACCOUNTING CYCLE

I ACCOUNTING STATEMENTS

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceBalance Sheet

September 30 1991

ASSETSCurrent Assets

CashAccounts ReceivablePrepaid AdvertisingLaundry SuppliesPlant and Equipment

Laundry EquipmentLess Accumulated

DepreciationTotal Assets

$11735405

Now that Financial Statements have been made amountstemporarily stored in expense revenue and the withdrawalsaccounts may be moved to the equity account A new accountentitled Income Summary will be used to calculate incomewhich will then be moved to Owners Equity

$48---1

-fl$244

LIABILITIESCurrent Liabilities

Accounts Payable $ 30Salaries Payable 10Unearned Laundry Revenue ---1Q

Total Current Liabilities $ 50

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceIncome Statement

For the Month Ended Sept 30 1991

~

$244

RevenueLaundry Revenue

Operating ExpensesWasherDryer Expense $75Telephone Expense 10Advertising Expense 10Laundry Supply Expense 20Depreciation Expense 1SalariesExpense 1Q

Total Operating ExpensesNet Income

$190

OWNERS EQUITY

Capital Sept1Income $64Withdrawals -2Q ~Capital Sept 30Total Liabilities +

Owners Equity

$150

~$ 64

II CLOSING PROCESS LOGIC III CLOSING JOURNAL ENTRIES

Step 1 Reduce Expenses to zeroStep 2 Reduce Revenues to zeroStep 3 Reduce IncomeSummary to zeroStep 4 Reduce Withdrawals to zero

Owner 1s Equity(4) 20

I

Bal 150(3) 64

Sept 30 Income SummaryWasherDryer ExpenseTelephone ExpenseAdvertising ExpenseLaundry Supply ExpenseDepreciation ExpenseSalaries Expense

Sept 30 Laundry RevenueIncome Summary

DR126

CR

75101020110

190190

Withdrawals

Bal 20 I (4) 20Income Summary

(1)126 I (2) 190(3) 64

Sept 30 Income SummaryCapital Darin Jones

6464

~es

Bal 126 I (1) 126Revenue Sept 30 CapitalDarinJones

(2)190 IBal 190 Withdrawals Darin Jones

2020

IV POST-CLOSING TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry ServicePost-Closing Trial Balance

September30 1991

CashAccounts ReceivablePrepaid AdvertisingLaundry SuppliesLaundry EquipmentAccumulated Depreciation

Laundry EquipmentAccounts PayableSalaries PayableUnearned Laundry RevenueCapital Darin Jones

$1173540

548

Note The closing of all ex-pense and revenue accountsresults in a Post-ClosingTrial Balance consisting ofonly Balance Sheet accounts

$ 1301010

~$245$245

24

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software

v REVERSmG ENTRIES

Adjusting entries sometimes require a unique nonroutine entry early in the next cycle to complete a particulartransaction The September 30th payroll adjustment of $10 to Salaries Expense and Salaries Payable associatedwith the $15 weekly payroll is an example A unique entry must be made on the October 2nd payday to completethe payroll Reversing the September 30 adjustment on October 1 will allow the regular payroll entry on October 2to complete the payroll Regardless of the alternative chosen $10 is charged to Salaries Expense in September$5 in October and the salary liability has been brought to zero

10

Paying Salaries- No ReversingEntryDR

Sept 30 SalariesExpense 10Salaries Payable

Oct 2 SalariesExpenseSalariesPayableCash

CR

510

15

VI CORRECTING ENTRIES

Erasing is never allowed A line may be drawn through journal entry errors discovered beforeposting After posting errors must be corrected with journal entries If a $5 purchase of LaundrySupplies had been posted to Laundry Equipment the following Correcting Entry would be necessary

DR CR5Oct 5 Laundry Supplies

Laundry Equipment 5

VII THE THIRTEEN ACCOUNTING STEPS

1 Journal Entries 4 Adjusting Entries2 Post to Ledger 5 Post to Ledger3 Trial Balance 6 Adjusted Trial

Balance

7 Income Statement8 Balance Sheet

9 Closing Entries10 Post to Ledger11 Post-Closing Trial

Balance

12 ReversingEntries

13 CorrectingEntries

VIII OWNER I S EQUITY VS STOCKHOLDERS I EQUITY

Sole proprietorships and partnerships account for Owners Equity in essentially the same manner only the numberof capital and withdrawal accounts differ Corporations on the other hand replace the capital account with contributedcapital (stock) accounts use dividends to distribute equity to owners and accumulated undistributed profits in theRetained Earnings account Septembers equity transactions for Quick Clean contrasting a sole proprietorship witha corporation appear below Also contrasted are the equity sections of the Balance Sheet

Income SUIUTlary

Capital Darin Jones

64

CRCashCapitalDarin Jones

DR150

150

64

Retained EarningsDividend Payable

Declared a 13 13ltpershare stock dividend

Dividend PayableCash

2020

2020

EQUITY SECTION OF BALANCE SHEET

OWners EquityDarin Jones CapitalSeptember1 1992 $150Net Income $ 64Withdrawals 2Q --MCapitalSeptember30 S194

StockholdersI EquityComnon Stock $1 par 150 shares

authorized and outstandingRetained EarningsTotal Stockholders Equity

$150-HS194

25

PayingSalarJes - ReversingEntryDR CR

Sept 30 Salaries Expense 10

Salaries Payable 10Oct 1 Salaries Payable 10

Salaries Expense 10Oct 2 Salaries Expense 15

Cash 15

STARTING A BUSINESSCR DR

Cash 150150 Comnon Stock

Issued 150 shares of$1 par Common Stock

RECORDING EARNINGS

Income SUIUTlary 6464 Retained Earnings

DISTlUBUTING EARNINGS

WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20Cash 20

CapitalDarin Jones 20WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20

Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library 13has material to help with many 13popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career

UNIT 6 MERCHANDISING

A merchandising company is a Retailer Retailers buymerchandise from manufacturers andor wholesalersmark the merchandise up enough to cover operatingexpenses and make a profit Merchandise bought forre-sale is charged to Purchases Cost of merchandisesold is calculated by subtracting Ending Inventory fromBeginning Inventory plus Net Purchases (including

transportation costs) Sales Discounts and PurchaseDiscounts are given to those who pay early Anexample of discount terms would be 210n30 whichmeans 2 is taken off if paid within 10 days otherwisepay within 30 days Unsatisfactory goods are accountedfor by charging Sales Returns and Allowance orPurchase Returns and Allowance

I LOGIC OF MERCHANDISING DEBITS AND CREDITS

Debits

I Purchases Ilt gt

Credits

SalesI

Note Sales and Purchasesare opposites and thereforehave opposite nonnal balancesTheir return and discountaccounts also have oppositebalancesSales Returns

Sales Discountslt gt Purchase Returns

Purchase Discounts

DARINS MUSIC EMPORIUM

Darin Jones graduated in December of 1994 and after a brief vacation took the accumulation from his Laundry businessand invested $10000 in Darins Music Emporium a retailer of computerized musical instruments Sample JournalEntries and 1995 statements along with Closing Entries appear below Please read transaction descriptions first

II JOURNAL ENTRIES

30

Note Relatedtransactions havebeen boxed

Note The net method ofrecording purchasesassumes the PurchaseDiscount will be takenIf it is not taken aPurchase Discount Lostis recorded PurchaseDiscounts Lost are notconsidered an operatingexpense and are reportedafter operating incomein an Income Statementsection entitled OtherRevenue and Expenses

Jan 3 Purchases 4000Accounts Payable 4000

READ FIRST--gt Merchandisepurchased for $4000on creditfrom L Co invoice dated 11 terms 210n30

Jan 7 Accounts Payable 500Purchase Returns and Allowances 500

Returned $500 of merchandise purchased 11

Jan 11 Accounts Payable 3500Purchase Discount 70Cash 3430

Paid L Co for purchase of 11 less returnand discount

Jan 12 Cash 2000Sales 2000

Recorded Cash Sales of $2000

Jan 14 Accounts Receivable 5000Sales 5000

Recorded credit sale of $5000 to M Coterms 210n30

Jan 18 Sales Returns and Allowances 100Accounts Receivable 100M Co returned$100 of merchandise purchased 114

Jan 24 Cash 4802Sales Discount 98

Accounts Receivable 4900Receivedpayment fromM Co less returnless discount

Feb 2 Purchases 3960Accounts Payable 3960

Merchandise purchased fromZ Cowith a valueof $4000 terms 110n30 - Net Method

Feb 28 Accounts Payable 3960Purchase Discount Lost 40

Cash 4000Paid Z Co for purchase of 22 plus discount lost

Feb 28 Transportation-In 50Cash 50

Paid Transportation charges of $50 formerchandise purchased 22

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional

III LOGIC OF INCOME STATEMENT

Gross Sales- Cost of Goods SoldGross Profit

- Qperati~ ~esInc~ from Operations

IV INCOME STATEMENTDarin Is Music Etrporium

Income StatementFor the Year Ended December 31 1995

Sales RevenueGross Sales

Sales Retuxns and AllowancesSales Discounts

Net Sales

$98000$1000

2QQQ hQQQ$95000

Cost of Goods SoldMerchandise InventoryJanuary 1 1995

PurchasesPurchaseRetuxnsand Allowances $1000

PurchaseDiscounts~ J QQQNet Purchases $35000Plus Transportation-In ~Costof GoodsPurchased ~Goods Availablefor Sale $46000Merchandise InventoryDecember31 1995Cost of Goods Sold

Gross ProfitOperating ExpensesSelling Expenses $22500General and Administrative

ExpensesTotal Operating ExpensesIncome from Operations

$10000$38000

2LQQQ 25QQQ

$70000

Z~3JLQQQ

$40000

Note Being a Sole Proprietorship no federalincome tax is owed by the business Darin willfile an individual return

VI

DR CR

Dec 31 82000Income SummaryBeginning InventorySales Retuxns andAllowances

Sales DiscountsPurchasesTransportation-InSelling ExpensesGeneral and Administrative

Expenses

10000

10002000380001000225007500

Note When the list price of an itemdoes not represent its true price anda discount is stated said discountcalled a trade discount is used tolower the historical cost of the item

CLOSING ENTRIES

DR CR

Dec 31 Ending InventorySalesPurchaseRetuxns andAllowances

PurchaseDiscountsIncome Surrmary

Dec 31 Income SurrmaryCapital Darin Jones

Dec 31 Capital Darin JonesWithdrawals Darin Jones

2100098000

10002000

40000122000

4000036000

36000

Note An al ternative method to closingBeginning Inventory with a $10000 creditand creatingthe Ending Inventory with a$21000 debit would be to adjust inventorywith an $11000 debit Either adjusts forall purchases being treated as an expense

31

v BALANCE SHEETDarins Music Emporium

Balance SheetDecember 31 1995

ASSETSCUrrent Assets

Cash $4000Accounts Receivable 1000Office Supplies 250Merchandise Inventory 21000Prepaid Rent

Total CUrrent Assets $26600

Plant and EquipmentStore Equipment $ 6000Less Accumulated Depreciation ---2QQ $5400

Office Equipment $ 5000Less Accumulated Depreciation LQQQ 9400

Total Assets $36000

LIABILITIES

CUrrent LiabilitiesAccounts Payable S22000

Total Liabilities $22000

OWNERS EQUITY

DarinJones CapitalJanuary 1 1995 $10000

I

Net Income $40000WithdrawalsIncrease in Capital --LQQQ

DarinJones CapitalDecember 31 1995 14000

Total Liabilities and Owners Equity $36000

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library 13has learning materials13classified by user type

UNIT 7 ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS

Accounting Systems are designed to eliminate much ofthe duplication involved in a manual accounting systemUsing carbonized receipts special journals as shownhere and ledger cards allow for much of the accounting

work to be accomplished as receipts are processed andchecks written Special journals are important becausethey provide the basis for computerized accountingsystems

Special JournalPurchases Journal is used for Credit PurchasesSales Journal is for Credit SalesCash Payments Journal is used when Cash is CreditedCash Receipts Journal is used when Cash is Debited

Note The following transactions were originally recorded in the General Journalon page 30 In this section when possible they have been recorded in specialjournals The abbreviation of the journal used follows each transaction

13 Purchased merchandise for $4000 on credit from L Companyinvoice dated 11 terms 210n30 PJ

17 Return $500 of defective merchandise purchased 11 fromL Company GJ

111 Paid L Company for purchases of 11 less returnand discount CPJ

112 Recorded Cash Sales of $2000 CRJ114 Sold $5000 of merchandise to M company termS

210n30 SJ118 M Company returned $100 of merchandise purchased

114 GJ124 M Company paid for sale of 114 less return and

discount CRJ

Note Only creditpurchases areallowed in thePurchase Journal

PURCHASES JOURNAL Page 1

CASH PA2MENTS JOURNAL Page 1

Note When posting place the number of the ledger account below the amount posted A check ()should be placed in the Post Reference Column to indicate posting to a Subsidiary Ledger

GENERAL LEDGER

CASH (1)

22802 I 7680Bal 15122

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (3)

11000 I 10900--1QQ

PURCHASES

7960 I

PURCHASE RETURNS (52)

I 500

f51l

M CO1PaIlyen

5000 It~gg

A CO1Pany6000 I 6000

I

PURCHASEPIi~ 531

TRANS~iArCN-TN (0lt1

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

TRAVEL EXPENSES (68)

200 I

PURCHASE DISCOUNT LOST (70)

40 I

36

POSTDAIE ACCOUNT IERMS REF AMOUNT

13 L Company 210n30 400022 Z Company 110n30

7960

(51) (31)

I DATE I EXPLANATIOOIIIRRTl TS DEBITS

PURCHASE POST ACCOUNTS TRAVEL OTHER

POST ICASH DISCOUNTS REF PAYABLE PURCHASES EXPENSE DEBITS REF AMOUNT

111 Paid L Co 1 3430 70 3500 Purchase228 Paid Z Co 2 4000 3960 Discount

I Lost 70 40228 Paid Trans - In 3 50

I

Trans In 55 5035 Paid Travel 4 --ZQQ 2QQ I

I

7680 70 7460 200

I

90(1) (53) (31) (68)

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes Books provide help for accounting economics statistics and basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Professional Development Resources Center 13has material to enhance your career

22 Purchase $4000of merchandisefrom Z Companyterms110n30- Net Method usedPJ228 Paid Z Company for purchase of 22 plus purchase discount lost CPJ228 Paid transportation charges of $50 for merchandise purchased 102 CPJ

Addi tiona1 Transactions

31 Signed a $10000 Note Payable with First Bank Corporation cash deposited today CRJ32 Sold $6000 of merchandise to A Company terms 210n30 SJ35 Paid Travel Expense of $200 CPJ330 A Company paid today CRJ

Note The General Journal is used for Ientries that do not easily fit into aspecial journal Also included areAdjusting Closing Reversing andCorrecting Entries

Note Only Credit Sales areallowed in the Sales Journal

SALES JOURNAL Page1 GENERAL JOURNAL Page1

CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL Page1

CASH SALES (40)

I 2000

ACCOCINTSPAYABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

L CO1Pany Z Corqpany

~ I 4000 3960 I 39604000

=~ir

fUl

CashPurchasesPurchase ReturnsPurchase DiscountsTransportation-In 50TravelExpense 200Purchase Discount Lost 40Notes PayableCash SalesCredit SalesSalesReturns andAllowances

Sales Discounts

$ 151227960

$ 50070

ACCOUNTSPAYABLE (31)

7460 I 7960~~

Bal -0-

CREDIT SALES (41)

I 11000

Darin Is Music EmporiumTrial BalanceMarch 31 1996

NOTES PAYABLE (32)

I 10000

SALES RETURNSAND ALLOWANCES (42)

100 I 100002000

11000

100~

~5JQ ~570

31

INVOICE POSTDATE ACCOUNT NUMBER REF AMOUNT

114 M Conpany 1 J 500032 A Company 2 J

11000(3) (41)

DATE EXPLANATION PR DR CR

17 Accounts Payable - L Co 31 500Purchase Returns 52 500

118 Sales Returns 42 100Accounts Receivable - 3 100

M Co

I IDEBTi (R1ltTIIT

SALES POST ACCOUNTS CASH OTHER I POST IEXPLANATION CASH DISCOUNTS REF RECEIVABLE SALES CREDITS REF AMOUNT

112 Weekly Sales 2000 2000124 M Company 4802 98 J 490031 Signed Note 10000

I

Notes 32 10000330 A Company J hQQQ PayableI

I

22802 98i

10900 2000 10000(1) (43) i (3) (40) I I (32)

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library has has material to help with many popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library has free accounting mathematics and statistics software
Page 8: OVERVIEW OF THE ACCOUNI'ING CYCLE Cycle from Quick Notes.pdfAccounting is the process of tracking these financial activities and summarizing them for interested parties (owners, managers,

UNIT 4 ADJUSTMENTS WORKSHEET AND STATEMENTS

Adjusting Entries are needed because it is uneconomical to make changes daily to some accounts and for othersvital information is not known until the end of the account period When analyzing these September 30Adjusting Entries consider the relevant account balances listed in the Trial Balance the change described in thetransaction descriptions and the relevant Journal Entries on page 8

I DEBITS AND CREDITS

~

~RI CR

LIABILITIESDR

I

CR

- +

+ OWNERS EOUITYDR

I

CR- +

WITHDRAWAlS EXPENSES

~RI~ ~RI CR

REVENUEDR

I

CR- +

II TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry SezviceTrial Balance

September 30 1991

III ADJUSTING JOURNAL ENTRIESSample Problem Adjustments - Wednesday September 30 1991

ANALYZING TRANSACTIONS

Assets Liabilities Owner IS Equity+

a One month of scheduled advertising appearedin the school newspaper See transaction 2 page 8

Prepaid AdvertisingI 10

Advertising Expense10 I

b A count of Laundry SUpplies revealed $5 worth on hand

Laundry SqppliesI 20

Laun~20 ~ly Expense

c Depreciation was taken on $48 of equipment with a usefullife of 4 years

AcCtU1lUlated Depreciation

Laundty~ipmentI 1

Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Eqlipment1 I

Note Depreciation is accumulated and subtractedfrom the relevant asset on the Balance Sheet

d On Friday October 2nd Darin would pay his first enployeewho worked Monday Wednesday and Friday $15 for the week

Salaries PayableI 10

Salaries Expense10 I

e Laundry Sezvicesfor one of the two students who had paidin advance had been performed as of 93091

Unearned Laundry Revenue Laundty Revenue10 I I 10

f On Tuesday September 29 services had been finishedfor 3 studentswho promised to pay $10 each on 105

Accounts Receivable30 I Launampy Revenue30

18

JOURNALIZING TRANSACTIONS

DR CR

a Advertising ExpensePrepaid Advertising

To record advertisingexpired

1010

b Laundry Supply Expense 20Laundry Supplies

To record Laundry Suppliesused

20

c Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Equipment 1

Accumulated DepreciationLaundry Equipment

Septembers Depreciationrecorded

1

d SalariesExpense 10Salaries PayableTo record salaries earnedbut not paid

10

e Unearned Laundry Revenue 10Laundry Revenue

To record Laundry Feesearned

10

f Accounts ReceivableLaundry Revenue

To record Laundry Feesearned

3030

Cash $117Accounts Receivable 5Prepaid Advertising 50Laundry Supplies 25Laundry Equipment 48Accounts Payable $ 30Unearned Laundry Revenue 20

Capital Darin Jones 150Withdrawals Darin Jones 20Laundry Revenue 150

Washer7DIyer Expense 75

Telephone Expense$350$350

Owner
Text Box
Business Book Mall has material 13to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors will help you learn

WORKSHEETIV

A worksheet begins with a Trial Balance Adjustments based upon data accumulated during the period are madeHorizontal extensions with like balances being added and unlike balances being subtracted result in an AdjustedTrial Balance Each account is then extended to the proper (similar) column of the Income Statement or BalanceSheet Income is then added to both the Income Statement and Balance Sheet to prove the Worksheet

1BalanceSheet I

117 I35 I40 I

5 I48 I

30 I10 I

liLl1

1

IIIIIIIIII

1

IJQ I201 I--H 1265 I

I

rIIICashIAccounts Receivable

1 Prepaid Advertising

I

Launfuy SttPpliesLaundry EquipmentIAccounts Payable1Unearned Laundry Revenue

I Capital Darin JonesIWithdrawals - Darin Jones 201 Laundry RevenueI

1WasherDryer Expense

[TelePhone ~eIAdvertising Expense

I Laundry Supplies ExpenseI Depreciation ExpenseI LaundJy EquipmentIAccumulated Depreciation

I LaundryEquipmentI Salaries ExpenseISalaries PayableI

I

l

IncomeStatementTripl Balance

1175

5025

48

Adjustments

(f) 30(a) 10M2Q

3020

J5Q(e) 10

20(e) 10(f) 30

150 190

75lQ

350

7512

350(a) 10(b) 20

1020

icl 1 1

(c) 1(d) 10 10

- Ml lQBl__Rl

--265126 190

--H -190 190 265

Note Income represents the net changes in assets and liabilities occurring during the period Because Revenue(asset increases) were greater than expenses (asset decreases or liability increases) the debit column of the BalanceSheet is higher than the credit column by an amount equal to net income This occurred because equity changeshave been temporarily stored in Income Statement accounts The Closing Process explained in the next unit willformally increase Owners Equity by the proper amount

V ACCOUNTING STATEMENTSrI

1

j

I

I ASSETS Current Assets

I

CashAccountsReceivablePrepaidAdvertising

I LaundrySupplies Plant and Equipment LaundryEquipment Less AccurmJlated

$ 11 Depreciation301 Total Assets10 [10

150120

I190

I

1IIIIII

$117 1

35 1

40 I

5 I

I

$48 I

-1

---fl I

$244 1

-I1

I

$ 30 I

10 I

~$ 50

I

I

I

$150 I$64 I-2QM I

~II

$244 1

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceBalance Sheet

September 30 1991I I

I Note SectionV hasbeen I

arranged to show how Balance 1

Sheet accounts come from the I

I top of the Trial Balance and 1I IncomeStatementaccounts 1

I come from the bottomof the I

I Trial Balance I

I I

r

I

I

I

I Cash

IAccounts ReceivableIPrepaid AdvertisingILaundry Supplies

j

Laundry EquipmentAccurmJlated Depreciation

Laundry EquipmentIAccounts PayableISalaries Payable

1991 1 Unearned Laundry Revenue1 Capital Darin JonesIWithdrawals Darin Jones

$190 ILaundry RevenueI Advertising Expense

I

Salaries ExpenseWasherDryer ExpenseITelephone ExpenseILaundry Supply Expense

I

Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Equipment

I

~I$ 64

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceAdjusted Trial BalanceSeptember 30 1991

$1173540

548

rI1 Quick Clean LaundryServiceI Income Statement

I

For the Month Ended Sept 30

RevenueI LaundryRevenueI

I

I

I

I

I

I

LIABILITIESCUrrent Liabilities

Accounts PayableSalaries PayableUnearned Laundry Revenue

Total CUrrent Liabilities1010751020

Operating ExpensesAdvertisingSalaries

WasherDryerTelephoneLaundry SuppliesDepreciationLaundryEquipment --1

Total Operating ExpensesNet Income

$1010751020

OWNER IS EQUITY

Capital Sept 1Net IncomeWithdrawalsCapitalSept 30Total Liabilities+

Owner Is Equity

~ J

$391 $3911

Note Now that the concept of normal balances has been fIrmly established that is assets and expenses have debitbalances and revenues liabilities equity and contra assets (accumulated depreciation) have credit balances it willno longer be necessary to restrict statement presentations to two columns with debit balances always to the left ofcredit balances The above statements have been so constructed

19

AdjustedTrial Balance

1173540

548

3010

15020

190

75lQ

1020

l

110

JQ391 391

Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors can help

UNIT 5 COMPLETING THE ACCOUNTING CYCLE

I ACCOUNTING STATEMENTS

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceBalance Sheet

September 30 1991

ASSETSCurrent Assets

CashAccounts ReceivablePrepaid AdvertisingLaundry SuppliesPlant and Equipment

Laundry EquipmentLess Accumulated

DepreciationTotal Assets

$11735405

Now that Financial Statements have been made amountstemporarily stored in expense revenue and the withdrawalsaccounts may be moved to the equity account A new accountentitled Income Summary will be used to calculate incomewhich will then be moved to Owners Equity

$48---1

-fl$244

LIABILITIESCurrent Liabilities

Accounts Payable $ 30Salaries Payable 10Unearned Laundry Revenue ---1Q

Total Current Liabilities $ 50

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceIncome Statement

For the Month Ended Sept 30 1991

~

$244

RevenueLaundry Revenue

Operating ExpensesWasherDryer Expense $75Telephone Expense 10Advertising Expense 10Laundry Supply Expense 20Depreciation Expense 1SalariesExpense 1Q

Total Operating ExpensesNet Income

$190

OWNERS EQUITY

Capital Sept1Income $64Withdrawals -2Q ~Capital Sept 30Total Liabilities +

Owners Equity

$150

~$ 64

II CLOSING PROCESS LOGIC III CLOSING JOURNAL ENTRIES

Step 1 Reduce Expenses to zeroStep 2 Reduce Revenues to zeroStep 3 Reduce IncomeSummary to zeroStep 4 Reduce Withdrawals to zero

Owner 1s Equity(4) 20

I

Bal 150(3) 64

Sept 30 Income SummaryWasherDryer ExpenseTelephone ExpenseAdvertising ExpenseLaundry Supply ExpenseDepreciation ExpenseSalaries Expense

Sept 30 Laundry RevenueIncome Summary

DR126

CR

75101020110

190190

Withdrawals

Bal 20 I (4) 20Income Summary

(1)126 I (2) 190(3) 64

Sept 30 Income SummaryCapital Darin Jones

6464

~es

Bal 126 I (1) 126Revenue Sept 30 CapitalDarinJones

(2)190 IBal 190 Withdrawals Darin Jones

2020

IV POST-CLOSING TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry ServicePost-Closing Trial Balance

September30 1991

CashAccounts ReceivablePrepaid AdvertisingLaundry SuppliesLaundry EquipmentAccumulated Depreciation

Laundry EquipmentAccounts PayableSalaries PayableUnearned Laundry RevenueCapital Darin Jones

$1173540

548

Note The closing of all ex-pense and revenue accountsresults in a Post-ClosingTrial Balance consisting ofonly Balance Sheet accounts

$ 1301010

~$245$245

24

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software

v REVERSmG ENTRIES

Adjusting entries sometimes require a unique nonroutine entry early in the next cycle to complete a particulartransaction The September 30th payroll adjustment of $10 to Salaries Expense and Salaries Payable associatedwith the $15 weekly payroll is an example A unique entry must be made on the October 2nd payday to completethe payroll Reversing the September 30 adjustment on October 1 will allow the regular payroll entry on October 2to complete the payroll Regardless of the alternative chosen $10 is charged to Salaries Expense in September$5 in October and the salary liability has been brought to zero

10

Paying Salaries- No ReversingEntryDR

Sept 30 SalariesExpense 10Salaries Payable

Oct 2 SalariesExpenseSalariesPayableCash

CR

510

15

VI CORRECTING ENTRIES

Erasing is never allowed A line may be drawn through journal entry errors discovered beforeposting After posting errors must be corrected with journal entries If a $5 purchase of LaundrySupplies had been posted to Laundry Equipment the following Correcting Entry would be necessary

DR CR5Oct 5 Laundry Supplies

Laundry Equipment 5

VII THE THIRTEEN ACCOUNTING STEPS

1 Journal Entries 4 Adjusting Entries2 Post to Ledger 5 Post to Ledger3 Trial Balance 6 Adjusted Trial

Balance

7 Income Statement8 Balance Sheet

9 Closing Entries10 Post to Ledger11 Post-Closing Trial

Balance

12 ReversingEntries

13 CorrectingEntries

VIII OWNER I S EQUITY VS STOCKHOLDERS I EQUITY

Sole proprietorships and partnerships account for Owners Equity in essentially the same manner only the numberof capital and withdrawal accounts differ Corporations on the other hand replace the capital account with contributedcapital (stock) accounts use dividends to distribute equity to owners and accumulated undistributed profits in theRetained Earnings account Septembers equity transactions for Quick Clean contrasting a sole proprietorship witha corporation appear below Also contrasted are the equity sections of the Balance Sheet

Income SUIUTlary

Capital Darin Jones

64

CRCashCapitalDarin Jones

DR150

150

64

Retained EarningsDividend Payable

Declared a 13 13ltpershare stock dividend

Dividend PayableCash

2020

2020

EQUITY SECTION OF BALANCE SHEET

OWners EquityDarin Jones CapitalSeptember1 1992 $150Net Income $ 64Withdrawals 2Q --MCapitalSeptember30 S194

StockholdersI EquityComnon Stock $1 par 150 shares

authorized and outstandingRetained EarningsTotal Stockholders Equity

$150-HS194

25

PayingSalarJes - ReversingEntryDR CR

Sept 30 Salaries Expense 10

Salaries Payable 10Oct 1 Salaries Payable 10

Salaries Expense 10Oct 2 Salaries Expense 15

Cash 15

STARTING A BUSINESSCR DR

Cash 150150 Comnon Stock

Issued 150 shares of$1 par Common Stock

RECORDING EARNINGS

Income SUIUTlary 6464 Retained Earnings

DISTlUBUTING EARNINGS

WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20Cash 20

CapitalDarin Jones 20WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20

Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library 13has material to help with many 13popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career

UNIT 6 MERCHANDISING

A merchandising company is a Retailer Retailers buymerchandise from manufacturers andor wholesalersmark the merchandise up enough to cover operatingexpenses and make a profit Merchandise bought forre-sale is charged to Purchases Cost of merchandisesold is calculated by subtracting Ending Inventory fromBeginning Inventory plus Net Purchases (including

transportation costs) Sales Discounts and PurchaseDiscounts are given to those who pay early Anexample of discount terms would be 210n30 whichmeans 2 is taken off if paid within 10 days otherwisepay within 30 days Unsatisfactory goods are accountedfor by charging Sales Returns and Allowance orPurchase Returns and Allowance

I LOGIC OF MERCHANDISING DEBITS AND CREDITS

Debits

I Purchases Ilt gt

Credits

SalesI

Note Sales and Purchasesare opposites and thereforehave opposite nonnal balancesTheir return and discountaccounts also have oppositebalancesSales Returns

Sales Discountslt gt Purchase Returns

Purchase Discounts

DARINS MUSIC EMPORIUM

Darin Jones graduated in December of 1994 and after a brief vacation took the accumulation from his Laundry businessand invested $10000 in Darins Music Emporium a retailer of computerized musical instruments Sample JournalEntries and 1995 statements along with Closing Entries appear below Please read transaction descriptions first

II JOURNAL ENTRIES

30

Note Relatedtransactions havebeen boxed

Note The net method ofrecording purchasesassumes the PurchaseDiscount will be takenIf it is not taken aPurchase Discount Lostis recorded PurchaseDiscounts Lost are notconsidered an operatingexpense and are reportedafter operating incomein an Income Statementsection entitled OtherRevenue and Expenses

Jan 3 Purchases 4000Accounts Payable 4000

READ FIRST--gt Merchandisepurchased for $4000on creditfrom L Co invoice dated 11 terms 210n30

Jan 7 Accounts Payable 500Purchase Returns and Allowances 500

Returned $500 of merchandise purchased 11

Jan 11 Accounts Payable 3500Purchase Discount 70Cash 3430

Paid L Co for purchase of 11 less returnand discount

Jan 12 Cash 2000Sales 2000

Recorded Cash Sales of $2000

Jan 14 Accounts Receivable 5000Sales 5000

Recorded credit sale of $5000 to M Coterms 210n30

Jan 18 Sales Returns and Allowances 100Accounts Receivable 100M Co returned$100 of merchandise purchased 114

Jan 24 Cash 4802Sales Discount 98

Accounts Receivable 4900Receivedpayment fromM Co less returnless discount

Feb 2 Purchases 3960Accounts Payable 3960

Merchandise purchased fromZ Cowith a valueof $4000 terms 110n30 - Net Method

Feb 28 Accounts Payable 3960Purchase Discount Lost 40

Cash 4000Paid Z Co for purchase of 22 plus discount lost

Feb 28 Transportation-In 50Cash 50

Paid Transportation charges of $50 formerchandise purchased 22

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional

III LOGIC OF INCOME STATEMENT

Gross Sales- Cost of Goods SoldGross Profit

- Qperati~ ~esInc~ from Operations

IV INCOME STATEMENTDarin Is Music Etrporium

Income StatementFor the Year Ended December 31 1995

Sales RevenueGross Sales

Sales Retuxns and AllowancesSales Discounts

Net Sales

$98000$1000

2QQQ hQQQ$95000

Cost of Goods SoldMerchandise InventoryJanuary 1 1995

PurchasesPurchaseRetuxnsand Allowances $1000

PurchaseDiscounts~ J QQQNet Purchases $35000Plus Transportation-In ~Costof GoodsPurchased ~Goods Availablefor Sale $46000Merchandise InventoryDecember31 1995Cost of Goods Sold

Gross ProfitOperating ExpensesSelling Expenses $22500General and Administrative

ExpensesTotal Operating ExpensesIncome from Operations

$10000$38000

2LQQQ 25QQQ

$70000

Z~3JLQQQ

$40000

Note Being a Sole Proprietorship no federalincome tax is owed by the business Darin willfile an individual return

VI

DR CR

Dec 31 82000Income SummaryBeginning InventorySales Retuxns andAllowances

Sales DiscountsPurchasesTransportation-InSelling ExpensesGeneral and Administrative

Expenses

10000

10002000380001000225007500

Note When the list price of an itemdoes not represent its true price anda discount is stated said discountcalled a trade discount is used tolower the historical cost of the item

CLOSING ENTRIES

DR CR

Dec 31 Ending InventorySalesPurchaseRetuxns andAllowances

PurchaseDiscountsIncome Surrmary

Dec 31 Income SurrmaryCapital Darin Jones

Dec 31 Capital Darin JonesWithdrawals Darin Jones

2100098000

10002000

40000122000

4000036000

36000

Note An al ternative method to closingBeginning Inventory with a $10000 creditand creatingthe Ending Inventory with a$21000 debit would be to adjust inventorywith an $11000 debit Either adjusts forall purchases being treated as an expense

31

v BALANCE SHEETDarins Music Emporium

Balance SheetDecember 31 1995

ASSETSCUrrent Assets

Cash $4000Accounts Receivable 1000Office Supplies 250Merchandise Inventory 21000Prepaid Rent

Total CUrrent Assets $26600

Plant and EquipmentStore Equipment $ 6000Less Accumulated Depreciation ---2QQ $5400

Office Equipment $ 5000Less Accumulated Depreciation LQQQ 9400

Total Assets $36000

LIABILITIES

CUrrent LiabilitiesAccounts Payable S22000

Total Liabilities $22000

OWNERS EQUITY

DarinJones CapitalJanuary 1 1995 $10000

I

Net Income $40000WithdrawalsIncrease in Capital --LQQQ

DarinJones CapitalDecember 31 1995 14000

Total Liabilities and Owners Equity $36000

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library 13has learning materials13classified by user type

UNIT 7 ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS

Accounting Systems are designed to eliminate much ofthe duplication involved in a manual accounting systemUsing carbonized receipts special journals as shownhere and ledger cards allow for much of the accounting

work to be accomplished as receipts are processed andchecks written Special journals are important becausethey provide the basis for computerized accountingsystems

Special JournalPurchases Journal is used for Credit PurchasesSales Journal is for Credit SalesCash Payments Journal is used when Cash is CreditedCash Receipts Journal is used when Cash is Debited

Note The following transactions were originally recorded in the General Journalon page 30 In this section when possible they have been recorded in specialjournals The abbreviation of the journal used follows each transaction

13 Purchased merchandise for $4000 on credit from L Companyinvoice dated 11 terms 210n30 PJ

17 Return $500 of defective merchandise purchased 11 fromL Company GJ

111 Paid L Company for purchases of 11 less returnand discount CPJ

112 Recorded Cash Sales of $2000 CRJ114 Sold $5000 of merchandise to M company termS

210n30 SJ118 M Company returned $100 of merchandise purchased

114 GJ124 M Company paid for sale of 114 less return and

discount CRJ

Note Only creditpurchases areallowed in thePurchase Journal

PURCHASES JOURNAL Page 1

CASH PA2MENTS JOURNAL Page 1

Note When posting place the number of the ledger account below the amount posted A check ()should be placed in the Post Reference Column to indicate posting to a Subsidiary Ledger

GENERAL LEDGER

CASH (1)

22802 I 7680Bal 15122

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (3)

11000 I 10900--1QQ

PURCHASES

7960 I

PURCHASE RETURNS (52)

I 500

f51l

M CO1PaIlyen

5000 It~gg

A CO1Pany6000 I 6000

I

PURCHASEPIi~ 531

TRANS~iArCN-TN (0lt1

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

TRAVEL EXPENSES (68)

200 I

PURCHASE DISCOUNT LOST (70)

40 I

36

POSTDAIE ACCOUNT IERMS REF AMOUNT

13 L Company 210n30 400022 Z Company 110n30

7960

(51) (31)

I DATE I EXPLANATIOOIIIRRTl TS DEBITS

PURCHASE POST ACCOUNTS TRAVEL OTHER

POST ICASH DISCOUNTS REF PAYABLE PURCHASES EXPENSE DEBITS REF AMOUNT

111 Paid L Co 1 3430 70 3500 Purchase228 Paid Z Co 2 4000 3960 Discount

I Lost 70 40228 Paid Trans - In 3 50

I

Trans In 55 5035 Paid Travel 4 --ZQQ 2QQ I

I

7680 70 7460 200

I

90(1) (53) (31) (68)

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes Books provide help for accounting economics statistics and basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Professional Development Resources Center 13has material to enhance your career

22 Purchase $4000of merchandisefrom Z Companyterms110n30- Net Method usedPJ228 Paid Z Company for purchase of 22 plus purchase discount lost CPJ228 Paid transportation charges of $50 for merchandise purchased 102 CPJ

Addi tiona1 Transactions

31 Signed a $10000 Note Payable with First Bank Corporation cash deposited today CRJ32 Sold $6000 of merchandise to A Company terms 210n30 SJ35 Paid Travel Expense of $200 CPJ330 A Company paid today CRJ

Note The General Journal is used for Ientries that do not easily fit into aspecial journal Also included areAdjusting Closing Reversing andCorrecting Entries

Note Only Credit Sales areallowed in the Sales Journal

SALES JOURNAL Page1 GENERAL JOURNAL Page1

CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL Page1

CASH SALES (40)

I 2000

ACCOCINTSPAYABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

L CO1Pany Z Corqpany

~ I 4000 3960 I 39604000

=~ir

fUl

CashPurchasesPurchase ReturnsPurchase DiscountsTransportation-In 50TravelExpense 200Purchase Discount Lost 40Notes PayableCash SalesCredit SalesSalesReturns andAllowances

Sales Discounts

$ 151227960

$ 50070

ACCOUNTSPAYABLE (31)

7460 I 7960~~

Bal -0-

CREDIT SALES (41)

I 11000

Darin Is Music EmporiumTrial BalanceMarch 31 1996

NOTES PAYABLE (32)

I 10000

SALES RETURNSAND ALLOWANCES (42)

100 I 100002000

11000

100~

~5JQ ~570

31

INVOICE POSTDATE ACCOUNT NUMBER REF AMOUNT

114 M Conpany 1 J 500032 A Company 2 J

11000(3) (41)

DATE EXPLANATION PR DR CR

17 Accounts Payable - L Co 31 500Purchase Returns 52 500

118 Sales Returns 42 100Accounts Receivable - 3 100

M Co

I IDEBTi (R1ltTIIT

SALES POST ACCOUNTS CASH OTHER I POST IEXPLANATION CASH DISCOUNTS REF RECEIVABLE SALES CREDITS REF AMOUNT

112 Weekly Sales 2000 2000124 M Company 4802 98 J 490031 Signed Note 10000

I

Notes 32 10000330 A Company J hQQQ PayableI

I

22802 98i

10900 2000 10000(1) (43) i (3) (40) I I (32)

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library has has material to help with many popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library has free accounting mathematics and statistics software
Page 9: OVERVIEW OF THE ACCOUNI'ING CYCLE Cycle from Quick Notes.pdfAccounting is the process of tracking these financial activities and summarizing them for interested parties (owners, managers,

WORKSHEETIV

A worksheet begins with a Trial Balance Adjustments based upon data accumulated during the period are madeHorizontal extensions with like balances being added and unlike balances being subtracted result in an AdjustedTrial Balance Each account is then extended to the proper (similar) column of the Income Statement or BalanceSheet Income is then added to both the Income Statement and Balance Sheet to prove the Worksheet

1BalanceSheet I

117 I35 I40 I

5 I48 I

30 I10 I

liLl1

1

IIIIIIIIII

1

IJQ I201 I--H 1265 I

I

rIIICashIAccounts Receivable

1 Prepaid Advertising

I

Launfuy SttPpliesLaundry EquipmentIAccounts Payable1Unearned Laundry Revenue

I Capital Darin JonesIWithdrawals - Darin Jones 201 Laundry RevenueI

1WasherDryer Expense

[TelePhone ~eIAdvertising Expense

I Laundry Supplies ExpenseI Depreciation ExpenseI LaundJy EquipmentIAccumulated Depreciation

I LaundryEquipmentI Salaries ExpenseISalaries PayableI

I

l

IncomeStatementTripl Balance

1175

5025

48

Adjustments

(f) 30(a) 10M2Q

3020

J5Q(e) 10

20(e) 10(f) 30

150 190

75lQ

350

7512

350(a) 10(b) 20

1020

icl 1 1

(c) 1(d) 10 10

- Ml lQBl__Rl

--265126 190

--H -190 190 265

Note Income represents the net changes in assets and liabilities occurring during the period Because Revenue(asset increases) were greater than expenses (asset decreases or liability increases) the debit column of the BalanceSheet is higher than the credit column by an amount equal to net income This occurred because equity changeshave been temporarily stored in Income Statement accounts The Closing Process explained in the next unit willformally increase Owners Equity by the proper amount

V ACCOUNTING STATEMENTSrI

1

j

I

I ASSETS Current Assets

I

CashAccountsReceivablePrepaidAdvertising

I LaundrySupplies Plant and Equipment LaundryEquipment Less AccurmJlated

$ 11 Depreciation301 Total Assets10 [10

150120

I190

I

1IIIIII

$117 1

35 1

40 I

5 I

I

$48 I

-1

---fl I

$244 1

-I1

I

$ 30 I

10 I

~$ 50

I

I

I

$150 I$64 I-2QM I

~II

$244 1

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceBalance Sheet

September 30 1991I I

I Note SectionV hasbeen I

arranged to show how Balance 1

Sheet accounts come from the I

I top of the Trial Balance and 1I IncomeStatementaccounts 1

I come from the bottomof the I

I Trial Balance I

I I

r

I

I

I

I Cash

IAccounts ReceivableIPrepaid AdvertisingILaundry Supplies

j

Laundry EquipmentAccurmJlated Depreciation

Laundry EquipmentIAccounts PayableISalaries Payable

1991 1 Unearned Laundry Revenue1 Capital Darin JonesIWithdrawals Darin Jones

$190 ILaundry RevenueI Advertising Expense

I

Salaries ExpenseWasherDryer ExpenseITelephone ExpenseILaundry Supply Expense

I

Depreciation ExpenseLaundry Equipment

I

~I$ 64

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceAdjusted Trial BalanceSeptember 30 1991

$1173540

548

rI1 Quick Clean LaundryServiceI Income Statement

I

For the Month Ended Sept 30

RevenueI LaundryRevenueI

I

I

I

I

I

I

LIABILITIESCUrrent Liabilities

Accounts PayableSalaries PayableUnearned Laundry Revenue

Total CUrrent Liabilities1010751020

Operating ExpensesAdvertisingSalaries

WasherDryerTelephoneLaundry SuppliesDepreciationLaundryEquipment --1

Total Operating ExpensesNet Income

$1010751020

OWNER IS EQUITY

Capital Sept 1Net IncomeWithdrawalsCapitalSept 30Total Liabilities+

Owner Is Equity

~ J

$391 $3911

Note Now that the concept of normal balances has been fIrmly established that is assets and expenses have debitbalances and revenues liabilities equity and contra assets (accumulated depreciation) have credit balances it willno longer be necessary to restrict statement presentations to two columns with debit balances always to the left ofcredit balances The above statements have been so constructed

19

AdjustedTrial Balance

1173540

548

3010

15020

190

75lQ

1020

l

110

JQ391 391

Owner
Text Box
Our Accounting Tutors can help

UNIT 5 COMPLETING THE ACCOUNTING CYCLE

I ACCOUNTING STATEMENTS

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceBalance Sheet

September 30 1991

ASSETSCurrent Assets

CashAccounts ReceivablePrepaid AdvertisingLaundry SuppliesPlant and Equipment

Laundry EquipmentLess Accumulated

DepreciationTotal Assets

$11735405

Now that Financial Statements have been made amountstemporarily stored in expense revenue and the withdrawalsaccounts may be moved to the equity account A new accountentitled Income Summary will be used to calculate incomewhich will then be moved to Owners Equity

$48---1

-fl$244

LIABILITIESCurrent Liabilities

Accounts Payable $ 30Salaries Payable 10Unearned Laundry Revenue ---1Q

Total Current Liabilities $ 50

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceIncome Statement

For the Month Ended Sept 30 1991

~

$244

RevenueLaundry Revenue

Operating ExpensesWasherDryer Expense $75Telephone Expense 10Advertising Expense 10Laundry Supply Expense 20Depreciation Expense 1SalariesExpense 1Q

Total Operating ExpensesNet Income

$190

OWNERS EQUITY

Capital Sept1Income $64Withdrawals -2Q ~Capital Sept 30Total Liabilities +

Owners Equity

$150

~$ 64

II CLOSING PROCESS LOGIC III CLOSING JOURNAL ENTRIES

Step 1 Reduce Expenses to zeroStep 2 Reduce Revenues to zeroStep 3 Reduce IncomeSummary to zeroStep 4 Reduce Withdrawals to zero

Owner 1s Equity(4) 20

I

Bal 150(3) 64

Sept 30 Income SummaryWasherDryer ExpenseTelephone ExpenseAdvertising ExpenseLaundry Supply ExpenseDepreciation ExpenseSalaries Expense

Sept 30 Laundry RevenueIncome Summary

DR126

CR

75101020110

190190

Withdrawals

Bal 20 I (4) 20Income Summary

(1)126 I (2) 190(3) 64

Sept 30 Income SummaryCapital Darin Jones

6464

~es

Bal 126 I (1) 126Revenue Sept 30 CapitalDarinJones

(2)190 IBal 190 Withdrawals Darin Jones

2020

IV POST-CLOSING TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry ServicePost-Closing Trial Balance

September30 1991

CashAccounts ReceivablePrepaid AdvertisingLaundry SuppliesLaundry EquipmentAccumulated Depreciation

Laundry EquipmentAccounts PayableSalaries PayableUnearned Laundry RevenueCapital Darin Jones

$1173540

548

Note The closing of all ex-pense and revenue accountsresults in a Post-ClosingTrial Balance consisting ofonly Balance Sheet accounts

$ 1301010

~$245$245

24

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software

v REVERSmG ENTRIES

Adjusting entries sometimes require a unique nonroutine entry early in the next cycle to complete a particulartransaction The September 30th payroll adjustment of $10 to Salaries Expense and Salaries Payable associatedwith the $15 weekly payroll is an example A unique entry must be made on the October 2nd payday to completethe payroll Reversing the September 30 adjustment on October 1 will allow the regular payroll entry on October 2to complete the payroll Regardless of the alternative chosen $10 is charged to Salaries Expense in September$5 in October and the salary liability has been brought to zero

10

Paying Salaries- No ReversingEntryDR

Sept 30 SalariesExpense 10Salaries Payable

Oct 2 SalariesExpenseSalariesPayableCash

CR

510

15

VI CORRECTING ENTRIES

Erasing is never allowed A line may be drawn through journal entry errors discovered beforeposting After posting errors must be corrected with journal entries If a $5 purchase of LaundrySupplies had been posted to Laundry Equipment the following Correcting Entry would be necessary

DR CR5Oct 5 Laundry Supplies

Laundry Equipment 5

VII THE THIRTEEN ACCOUNTING STEPS

1 Journal Entries 4 Adjusting Entries2 Post to Ledger 5 Post to Ledger3 Trial Balance 6 Adjusted Trial

Balance

7 Income Statement8 Balance Sheet

9 Closing Entries10 Post to Ledger11 Post-Closing Trial

Balance

12 ReversingEntries

13 CorrectingEntries

VIII OWNER I S EQUITY VS STOCKHOLDERS I EQUITY

Sole proprietorships and partnerships account for Owners Equity in essentially the same manner only the numberof capital and withdrawal accounts differ Corporations on the other hand replace the capital account with contributedcapital (stock) accounts use dividends to distribute equity to owners and accumulated undistributed profits in theRetained Earnings account Septembers equity transactions for Quick Clean contrasting a sole proprietorship witha corporation appear below Also contrasted are the equity sections of the Balance Sheet

Income SUIUTlary

Capital Darin Jones

64

CRCashCapitalDarin Jones

DR150

150

64

Retained EarningsDividend Payable

Declared a 13 13ltpershare stock dividend

Dividend PayableCash

2020

2020

EQUITY SECTION OF BALANCE SHEET

OWners EquityDarin Jones CapitalSeptember1 1992 $150Net Income $ 64Withdrawals 2Q --MCapitalSeptember30 S194

StockholdersI EquityComnon Stock $1 par 150 shares

authorized and outstandingRetained EarningsTotal Stockholders Equity

$150-HS194

25

PayingSalarJes - ReversingEntryDR CR

Sept 30 Salaries Expense 10

Salaries Payable 10Oct 1 Salaries Payable 10

Salaries Expense 10Oct 2 Salaries Expense 15

Cash 15

STARTING A BUSINESSCR DR

Cash 150150 Comnon Stock

Issued 150 shares of$1 par Common Stock

RECORDING EARNINGS

Income SUIUTlary 6464 Retained Earnings

DISTlUBUTING EARNINGS

WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20Cash 20

CapitalDarin Jones 20WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20

Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library 13has material to help with many 13popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career

UNIT 6 MERCHANDISING

A merchandising company is a Retailer Retailers buymerchandise from manufacturers andor wholesalersmark the merchandise up enough to cover operatingexpenses and make a profit Merchandise bought forre-sale is charged to Purchases Cost of merchandisesold is calculated by subtracting Ending Inventory fromBeginning Inventory plus Net Purchases (including

transportation costs) Sales Discounts and PurchaseDiscounts are given to those who pay early Anexample of discount terms would be 210n30 whichmeans 2 is taken off if paid within 10 days otherwisepay within 30 days Unsatisfactory goods are accountedfor by charging Sales Returns and Allowance orPurchase Returns and Allowance

I LOGIC OF MERCHANDISING DEBITS AND CREDITS

Debits

I Purchases Ilt gt

Credits

SalesI

Note Sales and Purchasesare opposites and thereforehave opposite nonnal balancesTheir return and discountaccounts also have oppositebalancesSales Returns

Sales Discountslt gt Purchase Returns

Purchase Discounts

DARINS MUSIC EMPORIUM

Darin Jones graduated in December of 1994 and after a brief vacation took the accumulation from his Laundry businessand invested $10000 in Darins Music Emporium a retailer of computerized musical instruments Sample JournalEntries and 1995 statements along with Closing Entries appear below Please read transaction descriptions first

II JOURNAL ENTRIES

30

Note Relatedtransactions havebeen boxed

Note The net method ofrecording purchasesassumes the PurchaseDiscount will be takenIf it is not taken aPurchase Discount Lostis recorded PurchaseDiscounts Lost are notconsidered an operatingexpense and are reportedafter operating incomein an Income Statementsection entitled OtherRevenue and Expenses

Jan 3 Purchases 4000Accounts Payable 4000

READ FIRST--gt Merchandisepurchased for $4000on creditfrom L Co invoice dated 11 terms 210n30

Jan 7 Accounts Payable 500Purchase Returns and Allowances 500

Returned $500 of merchandise purchased 11

Jan 11 Accounts Payable 3500Purchase Discount 70Cash 3430

Paid L Co for purchase of 11 less returnand discount

Jan 12 Cash 2000Sales 2000

Recorded Cash Sales of $2000

Jan 14 Accounts Receivable 5000Sales 5000

Recorded credit sale of $5000 to M Coterms 210n30

Jan 18 Sales Returns and Allowances 100Accounts Receivable 100M Co returned$100 of merchandise purchased 114

Jan 24 Cash 4802Sales Discount 98

Accounts Receivable 4900Receivedpayment fromM Co less returnless discount

Feb 2 Purchases 3960Accounts Payable 3960

Merchandise purchased fromZ Cowith a valueof $4000 terms 110n30 - Net Method

Feb 28 Accounts Payable 3960Purchase Discount Lost 40

Cash 4000Paid Z Co for purchase of 22 plus discount lost

Feb 28 Transportation-In 50Cash 50

Paid Transportation charges of $50 formerchandise purchased 22

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional

III LOGIC OF INCOME STATEMENT

Gross Sales- Cost of Goods SoldGross Profit

- Qperati~ ~esInc~ from Operations

IV INCOME STATEMENTDarin Is Music Etrporium

Income StatementFor the Year Ended December 31 1995

Sales RevenueGross Sales

Sales Retuxns and AllowancesSales Discounts

Net Sales

$98000$1000

2QQQ hQQQ$95000

Cost of Goods SoldMerchandise InventoryJanuary 1 1995

PurchasesPurchaseRetuxnsand Allowances $1000

PurchaseDiscounts~ J QQQNet Purchases $35000Plus Transportation-In ~Costof GoodsPurchased ~Goods Availablefor Sale $46000Merchandise InventoryDecember31 1995Cost of Goods Sold

Gross ProfitOperating ExpensesSelling Expenses $22500General and Administrative

ExpensesTotal Operating ExpensesIncome from Operations

$10000$38000

2LQQQ 25QQQ

$70000

Z~3JLQQQ

$40000

Note Being a Sole Proprietorship no federalincome tax is owed by the business Darin willfile an individual return

VI

DR CR

Dec 31 82000Income SummaryBeginning InventorySales Retuxns andAllowances

Sales DiscountsPurchasesTransportation-InSelling ExpensesGeneral and Administrative

Expenses

10000

10002000380001000225007500

Note When the list price of an itemdoes not represent its true price anda discount is stated said discountcalled a trade discount is used tolower the historical cost of the item

CLOSING ENTRIES

DR CR

Dec 31 Ending InventorySalesPurchaseRetuxns andAllowances

PurchaseDiscountsIncome Surrmary

Dec 31 Income SurrmaryCapital Darin Jones

Dec 31 Capital Darin JonesWithdrawals Darin Jones

2100098000

10002000

40000122000

4000036000

36000

Note An al ternative method to closingBeginning Inventory with a $10000 creditand creatingthe Ending Inventory with a$21000 debit would be to adjust inventorywith an $11000 debit Either adjusts forall purchases being treated as an expense

31

v BALANCE SHEETDarins Music Emporium

Balance SheetDecember 31 1995

ASSETSCUrrent Assets

Cash $4000Accounts Receivable 1000Office Supplies 250Merchandise Inventory 21000Prepaid Rent

Total CUrrent Assets $26600

Plant and EquipmentStore Equipment $ 6000Less Accumulated Depreciation ---2QQ $5400

Office Equipment $ 5000Less Accumulated Depreciation LQQQ 9400

Total Assets $36000

LIABILITIES

CUrrent LiabilitiesAccounts Payable S22000

Total Liabilities $22000

OWNERS EQUITY

DarinJones CapitalJanuary 1 1995 $10000

I

Net Income $40000WithdrawalsIncrease in Capital --LQQQ

DarinJones CapitalDecember 31 1995 14000

Total Liabilities and Owners Equity $36000

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library 13has learning materials13classified by user type

UNIT 7 ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS

Accounting Systems are designed to eliminate much ofthe duplication involved in a manual accounting systemUsing carbonized receipts special journals as shownhere and ledger cards allow for much of the accounting

work to be accomplished as receipts are processed andchecks written Special journals are important becausethey provide the basis for computerized accountingsystems

Special JournalPurchases Journal is used for Credit PurchasesSales Journal is for Credit SalesCash Payments Journal is used when Cash is CreditedCash Receipts Journal is used when Cash is Debited

Note The following transactions were originally recorded in the General Journalon page 30 In this section when possible they have been recorded in specialjournals The abbreviation of the journal used follows each transaction

13 Purchased merchandise for $4000 on credit from L Companyinvoice dated 11 terms 210n30 PJ

17 Return $500 of defective merchandise purchased 11 fromL Company GJ

111 Paid L Company for purchases of 11 less returnand discount CPJ

112 Recorded Cash Sales of $2000 CRJ114 Sold $5000 of merchandise to M company termS

210n30 SJ118 M Company returned $100 of merchandise purchased

114 GJ124 M Company paid for sale of 114 less return and

discount CRJ

Note Only creditpurchases areallowed in thePurchase Journal

PURCHASES JOURNAL Page 1

CASH PA2MENTS JOURNAL Page 1

Note When posting place the number of the ledger account below the amount posted A check ()should be placed in the Post Reference Column to indicate posting to a Subsidiary Ledger

GENERAL LEDGER

CASH (1)

22802 I 7680Bal 15122

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (3)

11000 I 10900--1QQ

PURCHASES

7960 I

PURCHASE RETURNS (52)

I 500

f51l

M CO1PaIlyen

5000 It~gg

A CO1Pany6000 I 6000

I

PURCHASEPIi~ 531

TRANS~iArCN-TN (0lt1

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

TRAVEL EXPENSES (68)

200 I

PURCHASE DISCOUNT LOST (70)

40 I

36

POSTDAIE ACCOUNT IERMS REF AMOUNT

13 L Company 210n30 400022 Z Company 110n30

7960

(51) (31)

I DATE I EXPLANATIOOIIIRRTl TS DEBITS

PURCHASE POST ACCOUNTS TRAVEL OTHER

POST ICASH DISCOUNTS REF PAYABLE PURCHASES EXPENSE DEBITS REF AMOUNT

111 Paid L Co 1 3430 70 3500 Purchase228 Paid Z Co 2 4000 3960 Discount

I Lost 70 40228 Paid Trans - In 3 50

I

Trans In 55 5035 Paid Travel 4 --ZQQ 2QQ I

I

7680 70 7460 200

I

90(1) (53) (31) (68)

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes Books provide help for accounting economics statistics and basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Professional Development Resources Center 13has material to enhance your career

22 Purchase $4000of merchandisefrom Z Companyterms110n30- Net Method usedPJ228 Paid Z Company for purchase of 22 plus purchase discount lost CPJ228 Paid transportation charges of $50 for merchandise purchased 102 CPJ

Addi tiona1 Transactions

31 Signed a $10000 Note Payable with First Bank Corporation cash deposited today CRJ32 Sold $6000 of merchandise to A Company terms 210n30 SJ35 Paid Travel Expense of $200 CPJ330 A Company paid today CRJ

Note The General Journal is used for Ientries that do not easily fit into aspecial journal Also included areAdjusting Closing Reversing andCorrecting Entries

Note Only Credit Sales areallowed in the Sales Journal

SALES JOURNAL Page1 GENERAL JOURNAL Page1

CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL Page1

CASH SALES (40)

I 2000

ACCOCINTSPAYABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

L CO1Pany Z Corqpany

~ I 4000 3960 I 39604000

=~ir

fUl

CashPurchasesPurchase ReturnsPurchase DiscountsTransportation-In 50TravelExpense 200Purchase Discount Lost 40Notes PayableCash SalesCredit SalesSalesReturns andAllowances

Sales Discounts

$ 151227960

$ 50070

ACCOUNTSPAYABLE (31)

7460 I 7960~~

Bal -0-

CREDIT SALES (41)

I 11000

Darin Is Music EmporiumTrial BalanceMarch 31 1996

NOTES PAYABLE (32)

I 10000

SALES RETURNSAND ALLOWANCES (42)

100 I 100002000

11000

100~

~5JQ ~570

31

INVOICE POSTDATE ACCOUNT NUMBER REF AMOUNT

114 M Conpany 1 J 500032 A Company 2 J

11000(3) (41)

DATE EXPLANATION PR DR CR

17 Accounts Payable - L Co 31 500Purchase Returns 52 500

118 Sales Returns 42 100Accounts Receivable - 3 100

M Co

I IDEBTi (R1ltTIIT

SALES POST ACCOUNTS CASH OTHER I POST IEXPLANATION CASH DISCOUNTS REF RECEIVABLE SALES CREDITS REF AMOUNT

112 Weekly Sales 2000 2000124 M Company 4802 98 J 490031 Signed Note 10000

I

Notes 32 10000330 A Company J hQQQ PayableI

I

22802 98i

10900 2000 10000(1) (43) i (3) (40) I I (32)

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library has has material to help with many popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library has free accounting mathematics and statistics software
Page 10: OVERVIEW OF THE ACCOUNI'ING CYCLE Cycle from Quick Notes.pdfAccounting is the process of tracking these financial activities and summarizing them for interested parties (owners, managers,

UNIT 5 COMPLETING THE ACCOUNTING CYCLE

I ACCOUNTING STATEMENTS

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceBalance Sheet

September 30 1991

ASSETSCurrent Assets

CashAccounts ReceivablePrepaid AdvertisingLaundry SuppliesPlant and Equipment

Laundry EquipmentLess Accumulated

DepreciationTotal Assets

$11735405

Now that Financial Statements have been made amountstemporarily stored in expense revenue and the withdrawalsaccounts may be moved to the equity account A new accountentitled Income Summary will be used to calculate incomewhich will then be moved to Owners Equity

$48---1

-fl$244

LIABILITIESCurrent Liabilities

Accounts Payable $ 30Salaries Payable 10Unearned Laundry Revenue ---1Q

Total Current Liabilities $ 50

Quick Clean Laundry ServiceIncome Statement

For the Month Ended Sept 30 1991

~

$244

RevenueLaundry Revenue

Operating ExpensesWasherDryer Expense $75Telephone Expense 10Advertising Expense 10Laundry Supply Expense 20Depreciation Expense 1SalariesExpense 1Q

Total Operating ExpensesNet Income

$190

OWNERS EQUITY

Capital Sept1Income $64Withdrawals -2Q ~Capital Sept 30Total Liabilities +

Owners Equity

$150

~$ 64

II CLOSING PROCESS LOGIC III CLOSING JOURNAL ENTRIES

Step 1 Reduce Expenses to zeroStep 2 Reduce Revenues to zeroStep 3 Reduce IncomeSummary to zeroStep 4 Reduce Withdrawals to zero

Owner 1s Equity(4) 20

I

Bal 150(3) 64

Sept 30 Income SummaryWasherDryer ExpenseTelephone ExpenseAdvertising ExpenseLaundry Supply ExpenseDepreciation ExpenseSalaries Expense

Sept 30 Laundry RevenueIncome Summary

DR126

CR

75101020110

190190

Withdrawals

Bal 20 I (4) 20Income Summary

(1)126 I (2) 190(3) 64

Sept 30 Income SummaryCapital Darin Jones

6464

~es

Bal 126 I (1) 126Revenue Sept 30 CapitalDarinJones

(2)190 IBal 190 Withdrawals Darin Jones

2020

IV POST-CLOSING TRIAL BALANCE

Quick Clean Laundry ServicePost-Closing Trial Balance

September30 1991

CashAccounts ReceivablePrepaid AdvertisingLaundry SuppliesLaundry EquipmentAccumulated Depreciation

Laundry EquipmentAccounts PayableSalaries PayableUnearned Laundry RevenueCapital Darin Jones

$1173540

548

Note The closing of all ex-pense and revenue accountsresults in a Post-ClosingTrial Balance consisting ofonly Balance Sheet accounts

$ 1301010

~$245$245

24

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software

v REVERSmG ENTRIES

Adjusting entries sometimes require a unique nonroutine entry early in the next cycle to complete a particulartransaction The September 30th payroll adjustment of $10 to Salaries Expense and Salaries Payable associatedwith the $15 weekly payroll is an example A unique entry must be made on the October 2nd payday to completethe payroll Reversing the September 30 adjustment on October 1 will allow the regular payroll entry on October 2to complete the payroll Regardless of the alternative chosen $10 is charged to Salaries Expense in September$5 in October and the salary liability has been brought to zero

10

Paying Salaries- No ReversingEntryDR

Sept 30 SalariesExpense 10Salaries Payable

Oct 2 SalariesExpenseSalariesPayableCash

CR

510

15

VI CORRECTING ENTRIES

Erasing is never allowed A line may be drawn through journal entry errors discovered beforeposting After posting errors must be corrected with journal entries If a $5 purchase of LaundrySupplies had been posted to Laundry Equipment the following Correcting Entry would be necessary

DR CR5Oct 5 Laundry Supplies

Laundry Equipment 5

VII THE THIRTEEN ACCOUNTING STEPS

1 Journal Entries 4 Adjusting Entries2 Post to Ledger 5 Post to Ledger3 Trial Balance 6 Adjusted Trial

Balance

7 Income Statement8 Balance Sheet

9 Closing Entries10 Post to Ledger11 Post-Closing Trial

Balance

12 ReversingEntries

13 CorrectingEntries

VIII OWNER I S EQUITY VS STOCKHOLDERS I EQUITY

Sole proprietorships and partnerships account for Owners Equity in essentially the same manner only the numberof capital and withdrawal accounts differ Corporations on the other hand replace the capital account with contributedcapital (stock) accounts use dividends to distribute equity to owners and accumulated undistributed profits in theRetained Earnings account Septembers equity transactions for Quick Clean contrasting a sole proprietorship witha corporation appear below Also contrasted are the equity sections of the Balance Sheet

Income SUIUTlary

Capital Darin Jones

64

CRCashCapitalDarin Jones

DR150

150

64

Retained EarningsDividend Payable

Declared a 13 13ltpershare stock dividend

Dividend PayableCash

2020

2020

EQUITY SECTION OF BALANCE SHEET

OWners EquityDarin Jones CapitalSeptember1 1992 $150Net Income $ 64Withdrawals 2Q --MCapitalSeptember30 S194

StockholdersI EquityComnon Stock $1 par 150 shares

authorized and outstandingRetained EarningsTotal Stockholders Equity

$150-HS194

25

PayingSalarJes - ReversingEntryDR CR

Sept 30 Salaries Expense 10

Salaries Payable 10Oct 1 Salaries Payable 10

Salaries Expense 10Oct 2 Salaries Expense 15

Cash 15

STARTING A BUSINESSCR DR

Cash 150150 Comnon Stock

Issued 150 shares of$1 par Common Stock

RECORDING EARNINGS

Income SUIUTlary 6464 Retained Earnings

DISTlUBUTING EARNINGS

WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20Cash 20

CapitalDarin Jones 20WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20

Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library 13has material to help with many 13popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career

UNIT 6 MERCHANDISING

A merchandising company is a Retailer Retailers buymerchandise from manufacturers andor wholesalersmark the merchandise up enough to cover operatingexpenses and make a profit Merchandise bought forre-sale is charged to Purchases Cost of merchandisesold is calculated by subtracting Ending Inventory fromBeginning Inventory plus Net Purchases (including

transportation costs) Sales Discounts and PurchaseDiscounts are given to those who pay early Anexample of discount terms would be 210n30 whichmeans 2 is taken off if paid within 10 days otherwisepay within 30 days Unsatisfactory goods are accountedfor by charging Sales Returns and Allowance orPurchase Returns and Allowance

I LOGIC OF MERCHANDISING DEBITS AND CREDITS

Debits

I Purchases Ilt gt

Credits

SalesI

Note Sales and Purchasesare opposites and thereforehave opposite nonnal balancesTheir return and discountaccounts also have oppositebalancesSales Returns

Sales Discountslt gt Purchase Returns

Purchase Discounts

DARINS MUSIC EMPORIUM

Darin Jones graduated in December of 1994 and after a brief vacation took the accumulation from his Laundry businessand invested $10000 in Darins Music Emporium a retailer of computerized musical instruments Sample JournalEntries and 1995 statements along with Closing Entries appear below Please read transaction descriptions first

II JOURNAL ENTRIES

30

Note Relatedtransactions havebeen boxed

Note The net method ofrecording purchasesassumes the PurchaseDiscount will be takenIf it is not taken aPurchase Discount Lostis recorded PurchaseDiscounts Lost are notconsidered an operatingexpense and are reportedafter operating incomein an Income Statementsection entitled OtherRevenue and Expenses

Jan 3 Purchases 4000Accounts Payable 4000

READ FIRST--gt Merchandisepurchased for $4000on creditfrom L Co invoice dated 11 terms 210n30

Jan 7 Accounts Payable 500Purchase Returns and Allowances 500

Returned $500 of merchandise purchased 11

Jan 11 Accounts Payable 3500Purchase Discount 70Cash 3430

Paid L Co for purchase of 11 less returnand discount

Jan 12 Cash 2000Sales 2000

Recorded Cash Sales of $2000

Jan 14 Accounts Receivable 5000Sales 5000

Recorded credit sale of $5000 to M Coterms 210n30

Jan 18 Sales Returns and Allowances 100Accounts Receivable 100M Co returned$100 of merchandise purchased 114

Jan 24 Cash 4802Sales Discount 98

Accounts Receivable 4900Receivedpayment fromM Co less returnless discount

Feb 2 Purchases 3960Accounts Payable 3960

Merchandise purchased fromZ Cowith a valueof $4000 terms 110n30 - Net Method

Feb 28 Accounts Payable 3960Purchase Discount Lost 40

Cash 4000Paid Z Co for purchase of 22 plus discount lost

Feb 28 Transportation-In 50Cash 50

Paid Transportation charges of $50 formerchandise purchased 22

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional

III LOGIC OF INCOME STATEMENT

Gross Sales- Cost of Goods SoldGross Profit

- Qperati~ ~esInc~ from Operations

IV INCOME STATEMENTDarin Is Music Etrporium

Income StatementFor the Year Ended December 31 1995

Sales RevenueGross Sales

Sales Retuxns and AllowancesSales Discounts

Net Sales

$98000$1000

2QQQ hQQQ$95000

Cost of Goods SoldMerchandise InventoryJanuary 1 1995

PurchasesPurchaseRetuxnsand Allowances $1000

PurchaseDiscounts~ J QQQNet Purchases $35000Plus Transportation-In ~Costof GoodsPurchased ~Goods Availablefor Sale $46000Merchandise InventoryDecember31 1995Cost of Goods Sold

Gross ProfitOperating ExpensesSelling Expenses $22500General and Administrative

ExpensesTotal Operating ExpensesIncome from Operations

$10000$38000

2LQQQ 25QQQ

$70000

Z~3JLQQQ

$40000

Note Being a Sole Proprietorship no federalincome tax is owed by the business Darin willfile an individual return

VI

DR CR

Dec 31 82000Income SummaryBeginning InventorySales Retuxns andAllowances

Sales DiscountsPurchasesTransportation-InSelling ExpensesGeneral and Administrative

Expenses

10000

10002000380001000225007500

Note When the list price of an itemdoes not represent its true price anda discount is stated said discountcalled a trade discount is used tolower the historical cost of the item

CLOSING ENTRIES

DR CR

Dec 31 Ending InventorySalesPurchaseRetuxns andAllowances

PurchaseDiscountsIncome Surrmary

Dec 31 Income SurrmaryCapital Darin Jones

Dec 31 Capital Darin JonesWithdrawals Darin Jones

2100098000

10002000

40000122000

4000036000

36000

Note An al ternative method to closingBeginning Inventory with a $10000 creditand creatingthe Ending Inventory with a$21000 debit would be to adjust inventorywith an $11000 debit Either adjusts forall purchases being treated as an expense

31

v BALANCE SHEETDarins Music Emporium

Balance SheetDecember 31 1995

ASSETSCUrrent Assets

Cash $4000Accounts Receivable 1000Office Supplies 250Merchandise Inventory 21000Prepaid Rent

Total CUrrent Assets $26600

Plant and EquipmentStore Equipment $ 6000Less Accumulated Depreciation ---2QQ $5400

Office Equipment $ 5000Less Accumulated Depreciation LQQQ 9400

Total Assets $36000

LIABILITIES

CUrrent LiabilitiesAccounts Payable S22000

Total Liabilities $22000

OWNERS EQUITY

DarinJones CapitalJanuary 1 1995 $10000

I

Net Income $40000WithdrawalsIncrease in Capital --LQQQ

DarinJones CapitalDecember 31 1995 14000

Total Liabilities and Owners Equity $36000

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library 13has learning materials13classified by user type

UNIT 7 ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS

Accounting Systems are designed to eliminate much ofthe duplication involved in a manual accounting systemUsing carbonized receipts special journals as shownhere and ledger cards allow for much of the accounting

work to be accomplished as receipts are processed andchecks written Special journals are important becausethey provide the basis for computerized accountingsystems

Special JournalPurchases Journal is used for Credit PurchasesSales Journal is for Credit SalesCash Payments Journal is used when Cash is CreditedCash Receipts Journal is used when Cash is Debited

Note The following transactions were originally recorded in the General Journalon page 30 In this section when possible they have been recorded in specialjournals The abbreviation of the journal used follows each transaction

13 Purchased merchandise for $4000 on credit from L Companyinvoice dated 11 terms 210n30 PJ

17 Return $500 of defective merchandise purchased 11 fromL Company GJ

111 Paid L Company for purchases of 11 less returnand discount CPJ

112 Recorded Cash Sales of $2000 CRJ114 Sold $5000 of merchandise to M company termS

210n30 SJ118 M Company returned $100 of merchandise purchased

114 GJ124 M Company paid for sale of 114 less return and

discount CRJ

Note Only creditpurchases areallowed in thePurchase Journal

PURCHASES JOURNAL Page 1

CASH PA2MENTS JOURNAL Page 1

Note When posting place the number of the ledger account below the amount posted A check ()should be placed in the Post Reference Column to indicate posting to a Subsidiary Ledger

GENERAL LEDGER

CASH (1)

22802 I 7680Bal 15122

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (3)

11000 I 10900--1QQ

PURCHASES

7960 I

PURCHASE RETURNS (52)

I 500

f51l

M CO1PaIlyen

5000 It~gg

A CO1Pany6000 I 6000

I

PURCHASEPIi~ 531

TRANS~iArCN-TN (0lt1

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

TRAVEL EXPENSES (68)

200 I

PURCHASE DISCOUNT LOST (70)

40 I

36

POSTDAIE ACCOUNT IERMS REF AMOUNT

13 L Company 210n30 400022 Z Company 110n30

7960

(51) (31)

I DATE I EXPLANATIOOIIIRRTl TS DEBITS

PURCHASE POST ACCOUNTS TRAVEL OTHER

POST ICASH DISCOUNTS REF PAYABLE PURCHASES EXPENSE DEBITS REF AMOUNT

111 Paid L Co 1 3430 70 3500 Purchase228 Paid Z Co 2 4000 3960 Discount

I Lost 70 40228 Paid Trans - In 3 50

I

Trans In 55 5035 Paid Travel 4 --ZQQ 2QQ I

I

7680 70 7460 200

I

90(1) (53) (31) (68)

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes Books provide help for accounting economics statistics and basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Professional Development Resources Center 13has material to enhance your career

22 Purchase $4000of merchandisefrom Z Companyterms110n30- Net Method usedPJ228 Paid Z Company for purchase of 22 plus purchase discount lost CPJ228 Paid transportation charges of $50 for merchandise purchased 102 CPJ

Addi tiona1 Transactions

31 Signed a $10000 Note Payable with First Bank Corporation cash deposited today CRJ32 Sold $6000 of merchandise to A Company terms 210n30 SJ35 Paid Travel Expense of $200 CPJ330 A Company paid today CRJ

Note The General Journal is used for Ientries that do not easily fit into aspecial journal Also included areAdjusting Closing Reversing andCorrecting Entries

Note Only Credit Sales areallowed in the Sales Journal

SALES JOURNAL Page1 GENERAL JOURNAL Page1

CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL Page1

CASH SALES (40)

I 2000

ACCOCINTSPAYABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

L CO1Pany Z Corqpany

~ I 4000 3960 I 39604000

=~ir

fUl

CashPurchasesPurchase ReturnsPurchase DiscountsTransportation-In 50TravelExpense 200Purchase Discount Lost 40Notes PayableCash SalesCredit SalesSalesReturns andAllowances

Sales Discounts

$ 151227960

$ 50070

ACCOUNTSPAYABLE (31)

7460 I 7960~~

Bal -0-

CREDIT SALES (41)

I 11000

Darin Is Music EmporiumTrial BalanceMarch 31 1996

NOTES PAYABLE (32)

I 10000

SALES RETURNSAND ALLOWANCES (42)

100 I 100002000

11000

100~

~5JQ ~570

31

INVOICE POSTDATE ACCOUNT NUMBER REF AMOUNT

114 M Conpany 1 J 500032 A Company 2 J

11000(3) (41)

DATE EXPLANATION PR DR CR

17 Accounts Payable - L Co 31 500Purchase Returns 52 500

118 Sales Returns 42 100Accounts Receivable - 3 100

M Co

I IDEBTi (R1ltTIIT

SALES POST ACCOUNTS CASH OTHER I POST IEXPLANATION CASH DISCOUNTS REF RECEIVABLE SALES CREDITS REF AMOUNT

112 Weekly Sales 2000 2000124 M Company 4802 98 J 490031 Signed Note 10000

I

Notes 32 10000330 A Company J hQQQ PayableI

I

22802 98i

10900 2000 10000(1) (43) i (3) (40) I I (32)

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library has has material to help with many popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library has free accounting mathematics and statistics software
Page 11: OVERVIEW OF THE ACCOUNI'ING CYCLE Cycle from Quick Notes.pdfAccounting is the process of tracking these financial activities and summarizing them for interested parties (owners, managers,

v REVERSmG ENTRIES

Adjusting entries sometimes require a unique nonroutine entry early in the next cycle to complete a particulartransaction The September 30th payroll adjustment of $10 to Salaries Expense and Salaries Payable associatedwith the $15 weekly payroll is an example A unique entry must be made on the October 2nd payday to completethe payroll Reversing the September 30 adjustment on October 1 will allow the regular payroll entry on October 2to complete the payroll Regardless of the alternative chosen $10 is charged to Salaries Expense in September$5 in October and the salary liability has been brought to zero

10

Paying Salaries- No ReversingEntryDR

Sept 30 SalariesExpense 10Salaries Payable

Oct 2 SalariesExpenseSalariesPayableCash

CR

510

15

VI CORRECTING ENTRIES

Erasing is never allowed A line may be drawn through journal entry errors discovered beforeposting After posting errors must be corrected with journal entries If a $5 purchase of LaundrySupplies had been posted to Laundry Equipment the following Correcting Entry would be necessary

DR CR5Oct 5 Laundry Supplies

Laundry Equipment 5

VII THE THIRTEEN ACCOUNTING STEPS

1 Journal Entries 4 Adjusting Entries2 Post to Ledger 5 Post to Ledger3 Trial Balance 6 Adjusted Trial

Balance

7 Income Statement8 Balance Sheet

9 Closing Entries10 Post to Ledger11 Post-Closing Trial

Balance

12 ReversingEntries

13 CorrectingEntries

VIII OWNER I S EQUITY VS STOCKHOLDERS I EQUITY

Sole proprietorships and partnerships account for Owners Equity in essentially the same manner only the numberof capital and withdrawal accounts differ Corporations on the other hand replace the capital account with contributedcapital (stock) accounts use dividends to distribute equity to owners and accumulated undistributed profits in theRetained Earnings account Septembers equity transactions for Quick Clean contrasting a sole proprietorship witha corporation appear below Also contrasted are the equity sections of the Balance Sheet

Income SUIUTlary

Capital Darin Jones

64

CRCashCapitalDarin Jones

DR150

150

64

Retained EarningsDividend Payable

Declared a 13 13ltpershare stock dividend

Dividend PayableCash

2020

2020

EQUITY SECTION OF BALANCE SHEET

OWners EquityDarin Jones CapitalSeptember1 1992 $150Net Income $ 64Withdrawals 2Q --MCapitalSeptember30 S194

StockholdersI EquityComnon Stock $1 par 150 shares

authorized and outstandingRetained EarningsTotal Stockholders Equity

$150-HS194

25

PayingSalarJes - ReversingEntryDR CR

Sept 30 Salaries Expense 10

Salaries Payable 10Oct 1 Salaries Payable 10

Salaries Expense 10Oct 2 Salaries Expense 15

Cash 15

STARTING A BUSINESSCR DR

Cash 150150 Comnon Stock

Issued 150 shares of$1 par Common Stock

RECORDING EARNINGS

Income SUIUTlary 6464 Retained Earnings

DISTlUBUTING EARNINGS

WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20Cash 20

CapitalDarin Jones 20WithdrawalsDarin Jones 20

Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library 13has material to help with many 13popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career

UNIT 6 MERCHANDISING

A merchandising company is a Retailer Retailers buymerchandise from manufacturers andor wholesalersmark the merchandise up enough to cover operatingexpenses and make a profit Merchandise bought forre-sale is charged to Purchases Cost of merchandisesold is calculated by subtracting Ending Inventory fromBeginning Inventory plus Net Purchases (including

transportation costs) Sales Discounts and PurchaseDiscounts are given to those who pay early Anexample of discount terms would be 210n30 whichmeans 2 is taken off if paid within 10 days otherwisepay within 30 days Unsatisfactory goods are accountedfor by charging Sales Returns and Allowance orPurchase Returns and Allowance

I LOGIC OF MERCHANDISING DEBITS AND CREDITS

Debits

I Purchases Ilt gt

Credits

SalesI

Note Sales and Purchasesare opposites and thereforehave opposite nonnal balancesTheir return and discountaccounts also have oppositebalancesSales Returns

Sales Discountslt gt Purchase Returns

Purchase Discounts

DARINS MUSIC EMPORIUM

Darin Jones graduated in December of 1994 and after a brief vacation took the accumulation from his Laundry businessand invested $10000 in Darins Music Emporium a retailer of computerized musical instruments Sample JournalEntries and 1995 statements along with Closing Entries appear below Please read transaction descriptions first

II JOURNAL ENTRIES

30

Note Relatedtransactions havebeen boxed

Note The net method ofrecording purchasesassumes the PurchaseDiscount will be takenIf it is not taken aPurchase Discount Lostis recorded PurchaseDiscounts Lost are notconsidered an operatingexpense and are reportedafter operating incomein an Income Statementsection entitled OtherRevenue and Expenses

Jan 3 Purchases 4000Accounts Payable 4000

READ FIRST--gt Merchandisepurchased for $4000on creditfrom L Co invoice dated 11 terms 210n30

Jan 7 Accounts Payable 500Purchase Returns and Allowances 500

Returned $500 of merchandise purchased 11

Jan 11 Accounts Payable 3500Purchase Discount 70Cash 3430

Paid L Co for purchase of 11 less returnand discount

Jan 12 Cash 2000Sales 2000

Recorded Cash Sales of $2000

Jan 14 Accounts Receivable 5000Sales 5000

Recorded credit sale of $5000 to M Coterms 210n30

Jan 18 Sales Returns and Allowances 100Accounts Receivable 100M Co returned$100 of merchandise purchased 114

Jan 24 Cash 4802Sales Discount 98

Accounts Receivable 4900Receivedpayment fromM Co less returnless discount

Feb 2 Purchases 3960Accounts Payable 3960

Merchandise purchased fromZ Cowith a valueof $4000 terms 110n30 - Net Method

Feb 28 Accounts Payable 3960Purchase Discount Lost 40

Cash 4000Paid Z Co for purchase of 22 plus discount lost

Feb 28 Transportation-In 50Cash 50

Paid Transportation charges of $50 formerchandise purchased 22

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional

III LOGIC OF INCOME STATEMENT

Gross Sales- Cost of Goods SoldGross Profit

- Qperati~ ~esInc~ from Operations

IV INCOME STATEMENTDarin Is Music Etrporium

Income StatementFor the Year Ended December 31 1995

Sales RevenueGross Sales

Sales Retuxns and AllowancesSales Discounts

Net Sales

$98000$1000

2QQQ hQQQ$95000

Cost of Goods SoldMerchandise InventoryJanuary 1 1995

PurchasesPurchaseRetuxnsand Allowances $1000

PurchaseDiscounts~ J QQQNet Purchases $35000Plus Transportation-In ~Costof GoodsPurchased ~Goods Availablefor Sale $46000Merchandise InventoryDecember31 1995Cost of Goods Sold

Gross ProfitOperating ExpensesSelling Expenses $22500General and Administrative

ExpensesTotal Operating ExpensesIncome from Operations

$10000$38000

2LQQQ 25QQQ

$70000

Z~3JLQQQ

$40000

Note Being a Sole Proprietorship no federalincome tax is owed by the business Darin willfile an individual return

VI

DR CR

Dec 31 82000Income SummaryBeginning InventorySales Retuxns andAllowances

Sales DiscountsPurchasesTransportation-InSelling ExpensesGeneral and Administrative

Expenses

10000

10002000380001000225007500

Note When the list price of an itemdoes not represent its true price anda discount is stated said discountcalled a trade discount is used tolower the historical cost of the item

CLOSING ENTRIES

DR CR

Dec 31 Ending InventorySalesPurchaseRetuxns andAllowances

PurchaseDiscountsIncome Surrmary

Dec 31 Income SurrmaryCapital Darin Jones

Dec 31 Capital Darin JonesWithdrawals Darin Jones

2100098000

10002000

40000122000

4000036000

36000

Note An al ternative method to closingBeginning Inventory with a $10000 creditand creatingthe Ending Inventory with a$21000 debit would be to adjust inventorywith an $11000 debit Either adjusts forall purchases being treated as an expense

31

v BALANCE SHEETDarins Music Emporium

Balance SheetDecember 31 1995

ASSETSCUrrent Assets

Cash $4000Accounts Receivable 1000Office Supplies 250Merchandise Inventory 21000Prepaid Rent

Total CUrrent Assets $26600

Plant and EquipmentStore Equipment $ 6000Less Accumulated Depreciation ---2QQ $5400

Office Equipment $ 5000Less Accumulated Depreciation LQQQ 9400

Total Assets $36000

LIABILITIES

CUrrent LiabilitiesAccounts Payable S22000

Total Liabilities $22000

OWNERS EQUITY

DarinJones CapitalJanuary 1 1995 $10000

I

Net Income $40000WithdrawalsIncrease in Capital --LQQQ

DarinJones CapitalDecember 31 1995 14000

Total Liabilities and Owners Equity $36000

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library 13has learning materials13classified by user type

UNIT 7 ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS

Accounting Systems are designed to eliminate much ofthe duplication involved in a manual accounting systemUsing carbonized receipts special journals as shownhere and ledger cards allow for much of the accounting

work to be accomplished as receipts are processed andchecks written Special journals are important becausethey provide the basis for computerized accountingsystems

Special JournalPurchases Journal is used for Credit PurchasesSales Journal is for Credit SalesCash Payments Journal is used when Cash is CreditedCash Receipts Journal is used when Cash is Debited

Note The following transactions were originally recorded in the General Journalon page 30 In this section when possible they have been recorded in specialjournals The abbreviation of the journal used follows each transaction

13 Purchased merchandise for $4000 on credit from L Companyinvoice dated 11 terms 210n30 PJ

17 Return $500 of defective merchandise purchased 11 fromL Company GJ

111 Paid L Company for purchases of 11 less returnand discount CPJ

112 Recorded Cash Sales of $2000 CRJ114 Sold $5000 of merchandise to M company termS

210n30 SJ118 M Company returned $100 of merchandise purchased

114 GJ124 M Company paid for sale of 114 less return and

discount CRJ

Note Only creditpurchases areallowed in thePurchase Journal

PURCHASES JOURNAL Page 1

CASH PA2MENTS JOURNAL Page 1

Note When posting place the number of the ledger account below the amount posted A check ()should be placed in the Post Reference Column to indicate posting to a Subsidiary Ledger

GENERAL LEDGER

CASH (1)

22802 I 7680Bal 15122

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (3)

11000 I 10900--1QQ

PURCHASES

7960 I

PURCHASE RETURNS (52)

I 500

f51l

M CO1PaIlyen

5000 It~gg

A CO1Pany6000 I 6000

I

PURCHASEPIi~ 531

TRANS~iArCN-TN (0lt1

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

TRAVEL EXPENSES (68)

200 I

PURCHASE DISCOUNT LOST (70)

40 I

36

POSTDAIE ACCOUNT IERMS REF AMOUNT

13 L Company 210n30 400022 Z Company 110n30

7960

(51) (31)

I DATE I EXPLANATIOOIIIRRTl TS DEBITS

PURCHASE POST ACCOUNTS TRAVEL OTHER

POST ICASH DISCOUNTS REF PAYABLE PURCHASES EXPENSE DEBITS REF AMOUNT

111 Paid L Co 1 3430 70 3500 Purchase228 Paid Z Co 2 4000 3960 Discount

I Lost 70 40228 Paid Trans - In 3 50

I

Trans In 55 5035 Paid Travel 4 --ZQQ 2QQ I

I

7680 70 7460 200

I

90(1) (53) (31) (68)

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes Books provide help for accounting economics statistics and basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Professional Development Resources Center 13has material to enhance your career

22 Purchase $4000of merchandisefrom Z Companyterms110n30- Net Method usedPJ228 Paid Z Company for purchase of 22 plus purchase discount lost CPJ228 Paid transportation charges of $50 for merchandise purchased 102 CPJ

Addi tiona1 Transactions

31 Signed a $10000 Note Payable with First Bank Corporation cash deposited today CRJ32 Sold $6000 of merchandise to A Company terms 210n30 SJ35 Paid Travel Expense of $200 CPJ330 A Company paid today CRJ

Note The General Journal is used for Ientries that do not easily fit into aspecial journal Also included areAdjusting Closing Reversing andCorrecting Entries

Note Only Credit Sales areallowed in the Sales Journal

SALES JOURNAL Page1 GENERAL JOURNAL Page1

CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL Page1

CASH SALES (40)

I 2000

ACCOCINTSPAYABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

L CO1Pany Z Corqpany

~ I 4000 3960 I 39604000

=~ir

fUl

CashPurchasesPurchase ReturnsPurchase DiscountsTransportation-In 50TravelExpense 200Purchase Discount Lost 40Notes PayableCash SalesCredit SalesSalesReturns andAllowances

Sales Discounts

$ 151227960

$ 50070

ACCOUNTSPAYABLE (31)

7460 I 7960~~

Bal -0-

CREDIT SALES (41)

I 11000

Darin Is Music EmporiumTrial BalanceMarch 31 1996

NOTES PAYABLE (32)

I 10000

SALES RETURNSAND ALLOWANCES (42)

100 I 100002000

11000

100~

~5JQ ~570

31

INVOICE POSTDATE ACCOUNT NUMBER REF AMOUNT

114 M Conpany 1 J 500032 A Company 2 J

11000(3) (41)

DATE EXPLANATION PR DR CR

17 Accounts Payable - L Co 31 500Purchase Returns 52 500

118 Sales Returns 42 100Accounts Receivable - 3 100

M Co

I IDEBTi (R1ltTIIT

SALES POST ACCOUNTS CASH OTHER I POST IEXPLANATION CASH DISCOUNTS REF RECEIVABLE SALES CREDITS REF AMOUNT

112 Weekly Sales 2000 2000124 M Company 4802 98 J 490031 Signed Note 10000

I

Notes 32 10000330 A Company J hQQQ PayableI

I

22802 98i

10900 2000 10000(1) (43) i (3) (40) I I (32)

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library has has material to help with many popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library has free accounting mathematics and statistics software
Page 12: OVERVIEW OF THE ACCOUNI'ING CYCLE Cycle from Quick Notes.pdfAccounting is the process of tracking these financial activities and summarizing them for interested parties (owners, managers,

UNIT 6 MERCHANDISING

A merchandising company is a Retailer Retailers buymerchandise from manufacturers andor wholesalersmark the merchandise up enough to cover operatingexpenses and make a profit Merchandise bought forre-sale is charged to Purchases Cost of merchandisesold is calculated by subtracting Ending Inventory fromBeginning Inventory plus Net Purchases (including

transportation costs) Sales Discounts and PurchaseDiscounts are given to those who pay early Anexample of discount terms would be 210n30 whichmeans 2 is taken off if paid within 10 days otherwisepay within 30 days Unsatisfactory goods are accountedfor by charging Sales Returns and Allowance orPurchase Returns and Allowance

I LOGIC OF MERCHANDISING DEBITS AND CREDITS

Debits

I Purchases Ilt gt

Credits

SalesI

Note Sales and Purchasesare opposites and thereforehave opposite nonnal balancesTheir return and discountaccounts also have oppositebalancesSales Returns

Sales Discountslt gt Purchase Returns

Purchase Discounts

DARINS MUSIC EMPORIUM

Darin Jones graduated in December of 1994 and after a brief vacation took the accumulation from his Laundry businessand invested $10000 in Darins Music Emporium a retailer of computerized musical instruments Sample JournalEntries and 1995 statements along with Closing Entries appear below Please read transaction descriptions first

II JOURNAL ENTRIES

30

Note Relatedtransactions havebeen boxed

Note The net method ofrecording purchasesassumes the PurchaseDiscount will be takenIf it is not taken aPurchase Discount Lostis recorded PurchaseDiscounts Lost are notconsidered an operatingexpense and are reportedafter operating incomein an Income Statementsection entitled OtherRevenue and Expenses

Jan 3 Purchases 4000Accounts Payable 4000

READ FIRST--gt Merchandisepurchased for $4000on creditfrom L Co invoice dated 11 terms 210n30

Jan 7 Accounts Payable 500Purchase Returns and Allowances 500

Returned $500 of merchandise purchased 11

Jan 11 Accounts Payable 3500Purchase Discount 70Cash 3430

Paid L Co for purchase of 11 less returnand discount

Jan 12 Cash 2000Sales 2000

Recorded Cash Sales of $2000

Jan 14 Accounts Receivable 5000Sales 5000

Recorded credit sale of $5000 to M Coterms 210n30

Jan 18 Sales Returns and Allowances 100Accounts Receivable 100M Co returned$100 of merchandise purchased 114

Jan 24 Cash 4802Sales Discount 98

Accounts Receivable 4900Receivedpayment fromM Co less returnless discount

Feb 2 Purchases 3960Accounts Payable 3960

Merchandise purchased fromZ Cowith a valueof $4000 terms 110n30 - Net Method

Feb 28 Accounts Payable 3960Purchase Discount Lost 40

Cash 4000Paid Z Co for purchase of 22 plus discount lost

Feb 28 Transportation-In 50Cash 50

Paid Transportation charges of $50 formerchandise purchased 22

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library 13has free accounting math13and statistics software
Owner
Text Box
28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional

III LOGIC OF INCOME STATEMENT

Gross Sales- Cost of Goods SoldGross Profit

- Qperati~ ~esInc~ from Operations

IV INCOME STATEMENTDarin Is Music Etrporium

Income StatementFor the Year Ended December 31 1995

Sales RevenueGross Sales

Sales Retuxns and AllowancesSales Discounts

Net Sales

$98000$1000

2QQQ hQQQ$95000

Cost of Goods SoldMerchandise InventoryJanuary 1 1995

PurchasesPurchaseRetuxnsand Allowances $1000

PurchaseDiscounts~ J QQQNet Purchases $35000Plus Transportation-In ~Costof GoodsPurchased ~Goods Availablefor Sale $46000Merchandise InventoryDecember31 1995Cost of Goods Sold

Gross ProfitOperating ExpensesSelling Expenses $22500General and Administrative

ExpensesTotal Operating ExpensesIncome from Operations

$10000$38000

2LQQQ 25QQQ

$70000

Z~3JLQQQ

$40000

Note Being a Sole Proprietorship no federalincome tax is owed by the business Darin willfile an individual return

VI

DR CR

Dec 31 82000Income SummaryBeginning InventorySales Retuxns andAllowances

Sales DiscountsPurchasesTransportation-InSelling ExpensesGeneral and Administrative

Expenses

10000

10002000380001000225007500

Note When the list price of an itemdoes not represent its true price anda discount is stated said discountcalled a trade discount is used tolower the historical cost of the item

CLOSING ENTRIES

DR CR

Dec 31 Ending InventorySalesPurchaseRetuxns andAllowances

PurchaseDiscountsIncome Surrmary

Dec 31 Income SurrmaryCapital Darin Jones

Dec 31 Capital Darin JonesWithdrawals Darin Jones

2100098000

10002000

40000122000

4000036000

36000

Note An al ternative method to closingBeginning Inventory with a $10000 creditand creatingthe Ending Inventory with a$21000 debit would be to adjust inventorywith an $11000 debit Either adjusts forall purchases being treated as an expense

31

v BALANCE SHEETDarins Music Emporium

Balance SheetDecember 31 1995

ASSETSCUrrent Assets

Cash $4000Accounts Receivable 1000Office Supplies 250Merchandise Inventory 21000Prepaid Rent

Total CUrrent Assets $26600

Plant and EquipmentStore Equipment $ 6000Less Accumulated Depreciation ---2QQ $5400

Office Equipment $ 5000Less Accumulated Depreciation LQQQ 9400

Total Assets $36000

LIABILITIES

CUrrent LiabilitiesAccounts Payable S22000

Total Liabilities $22000

OWNERS EQUITY

DarinJones CapitalJanuary 1 1995 $10000

I

Net Income $40000WithdrawalsIncrease in Capital --LQQQ

DarinJones CapitalDecember 31 1995 14000

Total Liabilities and Owners Equity $36000

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library 13has learning materials13classified by user type

UNIT 7 ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS

Accounting Systems are designed to eliminate much ofthe duplication involved in a manual accounting systemUsing carbonized receipts special journals as shownhere and ledger cards allow for much of the accounting

work to be accomplished as receipts are processed andchecks written Special journals are important becausethey provide the basis for computerized accountingsystems

Special JournalPurchases Journal is used for Credit PurchasesSales Journal is for Credit SalesCash Payments Journal is used when Cash is CreditedCash Receipts Journal is used when Cash is Debited

Note The following transactions were originally recorded in the General Journalon page 30 In this section when possible they have been recorded in specialjournals The abbreviation of the journal used follows each transaction

13 Purchased merchandise for $4000 on credit from L Companyinvoice dated 11 terms 210n30 PJ

17 Return $500 of defective merchandise purchased 11 fromL Company GJ

111 Paid L Company for purchases of 11 less returnand discount CPJ

112 Recorded Cash Sales of $2000 CRJ114 Sold $5000 of merchandise to M company termS

210n30 SJ118 M Company returned $100 of merchandise purchased

114 GJ124 M Company paid for sale of 114 less return and

discount CRJ

Note Only creditpurchases areallowed in thePurchase Journal

PURCHASES JOURNAL Page 1

CASH PA2MENTS JOURNAL Page 1

Note When posting place the number of the ledger account below the amount posted A check ()should be placed in the Post Reference Column to indicate posting to a Subsidiary Ledger

GENERAL LEDGER

CASH (1)

22802 I 7680Bal 15122

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (3)

11000 I 10900--1QQ

PURCHASES

7960 I

PURCHASE RETURNS (52)

I 500

f51l

M CO1PaIlyen

5000 It~gg

A CO1Pany6000 I 6000

I

PURCHASEPIi~ 531

TRANS~iArCN-TN (0lt1

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

TRAVEL EXPENSES (68)

200 I

PURCHASE DISCOUNT LOST (70)

40 I

36

POSTDAIE ACCOUNT IERMS REF AMOUNT

13 L Company 210n30 400022 Z Company 110n30

7960

(51) (31)

I DATE I EXPLANATIOOIIIRRTl TS DEBITS

PURCHASE POST ACCOUNTS TRAVEL OTHER

POST ICASH DISCOUNTS REF PAYABLE PURCHASES EXPENSE DEBITS REF AMOUNT

111 Paid L Co 1 3430 70 3500 Purchase228 Paid Z Co 2 4000 3960 Discount

I Lost 70 40228 Paid Trans - In 3 50

I

Trans In 55 5035 Paid Travel 4 --ZQQ 2QQ I

I

7680 70 7460 200

I

90(1) (53) (31) (68)

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes Books provide help for accounting economics statistics and basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Professional Development Resources Center 13has material to enhance your career

22 Purchase $4000of merchandisefrom Z Companyterms110n30- Net Method usedPJ228 Paid Z Company for purchase of 22 plus purchase discount lost CPJ228 Paid transportation charges of $50 for merchandise purchased 102 CPJ

Addi tiona1 Transactions

31 Signed a $10000 Note Payable with First Bank Corporation cash deposited today CRJ32 Sold $6000 of merchandise to A Company terms 210n30 SJ35 Paid Travel Expense of $200 CPJ330 A Company paid today CRJ

Note The General Journal is used for Ientries that do not easily fit into aspecial journal Also included areAdjusting Closing Reversing andCorrecting Entries

Note Only Credit Sales areallowed in the Sales Journal

SALES JOURNAL Page1 GENERAL JOURNAL Page1

CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL Page1

CASH SALES (40)

I 2000

ACCOCINTSPAYABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

L CO1Pany Z Corqpany

~ I 4000 3960 I 39604000

=~ir

fUl

CashPurchasesPurchase ReturnsPurchase DiscountsTransportation-In 50TravelExpense 200Purchase Discount Lost 40Notes PayableCash SalesCredit SalesSalesReturns andAllowances

Sales Discounts

$ 151227960

$ 50070

ACCOUNTSPAYABLE (31)

7460 I 7960~~

Bal -0-

CREDIT SALES (41)

I 11000

Darin Is Music EmporiumTrial BalanceMarch 31 1996

NOTES PAYABLE (32)

I 10000

SALES RETURNSAND ALLOWANCES (42)

100 I 100002000

11000

100~

~5JQ ~570

31

INVOICE POSTDATE ACCOUNT NUMBER REF AMOUNT

114 M Conpany 1 J 500032 A Company 2 J

11000(3) (41)

DATE EXPLANATION PR DR CR

17 Accounts Payable - L Co 31 500Purchase Returns 52 500

118 Sales Returns 42 100Accounts Receivable - 3 100

M Co

I IDEBTi (R1ltTIIT

SALES POST ACCOUNTS CASH OTHER I POST IEXPLANATION CASH DISCOUNTS REF RECEIVABLE SALES CREDITS REF AMOUNT

112 Weekly Sales 2000 2000124 M Company 4802 98 J 490031 Signed Note 10000

I

Notes 32 10000330 A Company J hQQQ PayableI

I

22802 98i

10900 2000 10000(1) (43) i (3) (40) I I (32)

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library has has material to help with many popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library has free accounting mathematics and statistics software
Page 13: OVERVIEW OF THE ACCOUNI'ING CYCLE Cycle from Quick Notes.pdfAccounting is the process of tracking these financial activities and summarizing them for interested parties (owners, managers,

III LOGIC OF INCOME STATEMENT

Gross Sales- Cost of Goods SoldGross Profit

- Qperati~ ~esInc~ from Operations

IV INCOME STATEMENTDarin Is Music Etrporium

Income StatementFor the Year Ended December 31 1995

Sales RevenueGross Sales

Sales Retuxns and AllowancesSales Discounts

Net Sales

$98000$1000

2QQQ hQQQ$95000

Cost of Goods SoldMerchandise InventoryJanuary 1 1995

PurchasesPurchaseRetuxnsand Allowances $1000

PurchaseDiscounts~ J QQQNet Purchases $35000Plus Transportation-In ~Costof GoodsPurchased ~Goods Availablefor Sale $46000Merchandise InventoryDecember31 1995Cost of Goods Sold

Gross ProfitOperating ExpensesSelling Expenses $22500General and Administrative

ExpensesTotal Operating ExpensesIncome from Operations

$10000$38000

2LQQQ 25QQQ

$70000

Z~3JLQQQ

$40000

Note Being a Sole Proprietorship no federalincome tax is owed by the business Darin willfile an individual return

VI

DR CR

Dec 31 82000Income SummaryBeginning InventorySales Retuxns andAllowances

Sales DiscountsPurchasesTransportation-InSelling ExpensesGeneral and Administrative

Expenses

10000

10002000380001000225007500

Note When the list price of an itemdoes not represent its true price anda discount is stated said discountcalled a trade discount is used tolower the historical cost of the item

CLOSING ENTRIES

DR CR

Dec 31 Ending InventorySalesPurchaseRetuxns andAllowances

PurchaseDiscountsIncome Surrmary

Dec 31 Income SurrmaryCapital Darin Jones

Dec 31 Capital Darin JonesWithdrawals Darin Jones

2100098000

10002000

40000122000

4000036000

36000

Note An al ternative method to closingBeginning Inventory with a $10000 creditand creatingthe Ending Inventory with a$21000 debit would be to adjust inventorywith an $11000 debit Either adjusts forall purchases being treated as an expense

31

v BALANCE SHEETDarins Music Emporium

Balance SheetDecember 31 1995

ASSETSCUrrent Assets

Cash $4000Accounts Receivable 1000Office Supplies 250Merchandise Inventory 21000Prepaid Rent

Total CUrrent Assets $26600

Plant and EquipmentStore Equipment $ 6000Less Accumulated Depreciation ---2QQ $5400

Office Equipment $ 5000Less Accumulated Depreciation LQQQ 9400

Total Assets $36000

LIABILITIES

CUrrent LiabilitiesAccounts Payable S22000

Total Liabilities $22000

OWNERS EQUITY

DarinJones CapitalJanuary 1 1995 $10000

I

Net Income $40000WithdrawalsIncrease in Capital --LQQQ

DarinJones CapitalDecember 31 1995 14000

Total Liabilities and Owners Equity $36000

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes books 13provide help for accounting 13economics statistics and 13basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Excel Internet Library 13has learning materials13classified by user type

UNIT 7 ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS

Accounting Systems are designed to eliminate much ofthe duplication involved in a manual accounting systemUsing carbonized receipts special journals as shownhere and ledger cards allow for much of the accounting

work to be accomplished as receipts are processed andchecks written Special journals are important becausethey provide the basis for computerized accountingsystems

Special JournalPurchases Journal is used for Credit PurchasesSales Journal is for Credit SalesCash Payments Journal is used when Cash is CreditedCash Receipts Journal is used when Cash is Debited

Note The following transactions were originally recorded in the General Journalon page 30 In this section when possible they have been recorded in specialjournals The abbreviation of the journal used follows each transaction

13 Purchased merchandise for $4000 on credit from L Companyinvoice dated 11 terms 210n30 PJ

17 Return $500 of defective merchandise purchased 11 fromL Company GJ

111 Paid L Company for purchases of 11 less returnand discount CPJ

112 Recorded Cash Sales of $2000 CRJ114 Sold $5000 of merchandise to M company termS

210n30 SJ118 M Company returned $100 of merchandise purchased

114 GJ124 M Company paid for sale of 114 less return and

discount CRJ

Note Only creditpurchases areallowed in thePurchase Journal

PURCHASES JOURNAL Page 1

CASH PA2MENTS JOURNAL Page 1

Note When posting place the number of the ledger account below the amount posted A check ()should be placed in the Post Reference Column to indicate posting to a Subsidiary Ledger

GENERAL LEDGER

CASH (1)

22802 I 7680Bal 15122

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (3)

11000 I 10900--1QQ

PURCHASES

7960 I

PURCHASE RETURNS (52)

I 500

f51l

M CO1PaIlyen

5000 It~gg

A CO1Pany6000 I 6000

I

PURCHASEPIi~ 531

TRANS~iArCN-TN (0lt1

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

TRAVEL EXPENSES (68)

200 I

PURCHASE DISCOUNT LOST (70)

40 I

36

POSTDAIE ACCOUNT IERMS REF AMOUNT

13 L Company 210n30 400022 Z Company 110n30

7960

(51) (31)

I DATE I EXPLANATIOOIIIRRTl TS DEBITS

PURCHASE POST ACCOUNTS TRAVEL OTHER

POST ICASH DISCOUNTS REF PAYABLE PURCHASES EXPENSE DEBITS REF AMOUNT

111 Paid L Co 1 3430 70 3500 Purchase228 Paid Z Co 2 4000 3960 Discount

I Lost 70 40228 Paid Trans - In 3 50

I

Trans In 55 5035 Paid Travel 4 --ZQQ 2QQ I

I

7680 70 7460 200

I

90(1) (53) (31) (68)

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes Books provide help for accounting economics statistics and basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Professional Development Resources Center 13has material to enhance your career

22 Purchase $4000of merchandisefrom Z Companyterms110n30- Net Method usedPJ228 Paid Z Company for purchase of 22 plus purchase discount lost CPJ228 Paid transportation charges of $50 for merchandise purchased 102 CPJ

Addi tiona1 Transactions

31 Signed a $10000 Note Payable with First Bank Corporation cash deposited today CRJ32 Sold $6000 of merchandise to A Company terms 210n30 SJ35 Paid Travel Expense of $200 CPJ330 A Company paid today CRJ

Note The General Journal is used for Ientries that do not easily fit into aspecial journal Also included areAdjusting Closing Reversing andCorrecting Entries

Note Only Credit Sales areallowed in the Sales Journal

SALES JOURNAL Page1 GENERAL JOURNAL Page1

CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL Page1

CASH SALES (40)

I 2000

ACCOCINTSPAYABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

L CO1Pany Z Corqpany

~ I 4000 3960 I 39604000

=~ir

fUl

CashPurchasesPurchase ReturnsPurchase DiscountsTransportation-In 50TravelExpense 200Purchase Discount Lost 40Notes PayableCash SalesCredit SalesSalesReturns andAllowances

Sales Discounts

$ 151227960

$ 50070

ACCOUNTSPAYABLE (31)

7460 I 7960~~

Bal -0-

CREDIT SALES (41)

I 11000

Darin Is Music EmporiumTrial BalanceMarch 31 1996

NOTES PAYABLE (32)

I 10000

SALES RETURNSAND ALLOWANCES (42)

100 I 100002000

11000

100~

~5JQ ~570

31

INVOICE POSTDATE ACCOUNT NUMBER REF AMOUNT

114 M Conpany 1 J 500032 A Company 2 J

11000(3) (41)

DATE EXPLANATION PR DR CR

17 Accounts Payable - L Co 31 500Purchase Returns 52 500

118 Sales Returns 42 100Accounts Receivable - 3 100

M Co

I IDEBTi (R1ltTIIT

SALES POST ACCOUNTS CASH OTHER I POST IEXPLANATION CASH DISCOUNTS REF RECEIVABLE SALES CREDITS REF AMOUNT

112 Weekly Sales 2000 2000124 M Company 4802 98 J 490031 Signed Note 10000

I

Notes 32 10000330 A Company J hQQQ PayableI

I

22802 98i

10900 2000 10000(1) (43) i (3) (40) I I (32)

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library has has material to help with many popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library has free accounting mathematics and statistics software
Page 14: OVERVIEW OF THE ACCOUNI'ING CYCLE Cycle from Quick Notes.pdfAccounting is the process of tracking these financial activities and summarizing them for interested parties (owners, managers,

UNIT 7 ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS

Accounting Systems are designed to eliminate much ofthe duplication involved in a manual accounting systemUsing carbonized receipts special journals as shownhere and ledger cards allow for much of the accounting

work to be accomplished as receipts are processed andchecks written Special journals are important becausethey provide the basis for computerized accountingsystems

Special JournalPurchases Journal is used for Credit PurchasesSales Journal is for Credit SalesCash Payments Journal is used when Cash is CreditedCash Receipts Journal is used when Cash is Debited

Note The following transactions were originally recorded in the General Journalon page 30 In this section when possible they have been recorded in specialjournals The abbreviation of the journal used follows each transaction

13 Purchased merchandise for $4000 on credit from L Companyinvoice dated 11 terms 210n30 PJ

17 Return $500 of defective merchandise purchased 11 fromL Company GJ

111 Paid L Company for purchases of 11 less returnand discount CPJ

112 Recorded Cash Sales of $2000 CRJ114 Sold $5000 of merchandise to M company termS

210n30 SJ118 M Company returned $100 of merchandise purchased

114 GJ124 M Company paid for sale of 114 less return and

discount CRJ

Note Only creditpurchases areallowed in thePurchase Journal

PURCHASES JOURNAL Page 1

CASH PA2MENTS JOURNAL Page 1

Note When posting place the number of the ledger account below the amount posted A check ()should be placed in the Post Reference Column to indicate posting to a Subsidiary Ledger

GENERAL LEDGER

CASH (1)

22802 I 7680Bal 15122

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (3)

11000 I 10900--1QQ

PURCHASES

7960 I

PURCHASE RETURNS (52)

I 500

f51l

M CO1PaIlyen

5000 It~gg

A CO1Pany6000 I 6000

I

PURCHASEPIi~ 531

TRANS~iArCN-TN (0lt1

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

TRAVEL EXPENSES (68)

200 I

PURCHASE DISCOUNT LOST (70)

40 I

36

POSTDAIE ACCOUNT IERMS REF AMOUNT

13 L Company 210n30 400022 Z Company 110n30

7960

(51) (31)

I DATE I EXPLANATIOOIIIRRTl TS DEBITS

PURCHASE POST ACCOUNTS TRAVEL OTHER

POST ICASH DISCOUNTS REF PAYABLE PURCHASES EXPENSE DEBITS REF AMOUNT

111 Paid L Co 1 3430 70 3500 Purchase228 Paid Z Co 2 4000 3960 Discount

I Lost 70 40228 Paid Trans - In 3 50

I

Trans In 55 5035 Paid Travel 4 --ZQQ 2QQ I

I

7680 70 7460 200

I

90(1) (53) (31) (68)

Owner
Text Box
Free Business Textbooks13Library covers many subjects
Owner
Text Box
Free Quick Notes Books provide help for accounting economics statistics and basic mathematics
Owner
Text Box
Professional Development Resources Center 13has material to enhance your career

22 Purchase $4000of merchandisefrom Z Companyterms110n30- Net Method usedPJ228 Paid Z Company for purchase of 22 plus purchase discount lost CPJ228 Paid transportation charges of $50 for merchandise purchased 102 CPJ

Addi tiona1 Transactions

31 Signed a $10000 Note Payable with First Bank Corporation cash deposited today CRJ32 Sold $6000 of merchandise to A Company terms 210n30 SJ35 Paid Travel Expense of $200 CPJ330 A Company paid today CRJ

Note The General Journal is used for Ientries that do not easily fit into aspecial journal Also included areAdjusting Closing Reversing andCorrecting Entries

Note Only Credit Sales areallowed in the Sales Journal

SALES JOURNAL Page1 GENERAL JOURNAL Page1

CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL Page1

CASH SALES (40)

I 2000

ACCOCINTSPAYABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

L CO1Pany Z Corqpany

~ I 4000 3960 I 39604000

=~ir

fUl

CashPurchasesPurchase ReturnsPurchase DiscountsTransportation-In 50TravelExpense 200Purchase Discount Lost 40Notes PayableCash SalesCredit SalesSalesReturns andAllowances

Sales Discounts

$ 151227960

$ 50070

ACCOUNTSPAYABLE (31)

7460 I 7960~~

Bal -0-

CREDIT SALES (41)

I 11000

Darin Is Music EmporiumTrial BalanceMarch 31 1996

NOTES PAYABLE (32)

I 10000

SALES RETURNSAND ALLOWANCES (42)

100 I 100002000

11000

100~

~5JQ ~570

31

INVOICE POSTDATE ACCOUNT NUMBER REF AMOUNT

114 M Conpany 1 J 500032 A Company 2 J

11000(3) (41)

DATE EXPLANATION PR DR CR

17 Accounts Payable - L Co 31 500Purchase Returns 52 500

118 Sales Returns 42 100Accounts Receivable - 3 100

M Co

I IDEBTi (R1ltTIIT

SALES POST ACCOUNTS CASH OTHER I POST IEXPLANATION CASH DISCOUNTS REF RECEIVABLE SALES CREDITS REF AMOUNT

112 Weekly Sales 2000 2000124 M Company 4802 98 J 490031 Signed Note 10000

I

Notes 32 10000330 A Company J hQQQ PayableI

I

22802 98i

10900 2000 10000(1) (43) i (3) (40) I I (32)

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library has has material to help with many popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library has free accounting mathematics and statistics software
Page 15: OVERVIEW OF THE ACCOUNI'ING CYCLE Cycle from Quick Notes.pdfAccounting is the process of tracking these financial activities and summarizing them for interested parties (owners, managers,

22 Purchase $4000of merchandisefrom Z Companyterms110n30- Net Method usedPJ228 Paid Z Company for purchase of 22 plus purchase discount lost CPJ228 Paid transportation charges of $50 for merchandise purchased 102 CPJ

Addi tiona1 Transactions

31 Signed a $10000 Note Payable with First Bank Corporation cash deposited today CRJ32 Sold $6000 of merchandise to A Company terms 210n30 SJ35 Paid Travel Expense of $200 CPJ330 A Company paid today CRJ

Note The General Journal is used for Ientries that do not easily fit into aspecial journal Also included areAdjusting Closing Reversing andCorrecting Entries

Note Only Credit Sales areallowed in the Sales Journal

SALES JOURNAL Page1 GENERAL JOURNAL Page1

CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL Page1

CASH SALES (40)

I 2000

ACCOCINTSPAYABLESUBSIDIARY LEDGER

L CO1Pany Z Corqpany

~ I 4000 3960 I 39604000

=~ir

fUl

CashPurchasesPurchase ReturnsPurchase DiscountsTransportation-In 50TravelExpense 200Purchase Discount Lost 40Notes PayableCash SalesCredit SalesSalesReturns andAllowances

Sales Discounts

$ 151227960

$ 50070

ACCOUNTSPAYABLE (31)

7460 I 7960~~

Bal -0-

CREDIT SALES (41)

I 11000

Darin Is Music EmporiumTrial BalanceMarch 31 1996

NOTES PAYABLE (32)

I 10000

SALES RETURNSAND ALLOWANCES (42)

100 I 100002000

11000

100~

~5JQ ~570

31

INVOICE POSTDATE ACCOUNT NUMBER REF AMOUNT

114 M Conpany 1 J 500032 A Company 2 J

11000(3) (41)

DATE EXPLANATION PR DR CR

17 Accounts Payable - L Co 31 500Purchase Returns 52 500

118 Sales Returns 42 100Accounts Receivable - 3 100

M Co

I IDEBTi (R1ltTIIT

SALES POST ACCOUNTS CASH OTHER I POST IEXPLANATION CASH DISCOUNTS REF RECEIVABLE SALES CREDITS REF AMOUNT

112 Weekly Sales 2000 2000124 M Company 4802 98 J 490031 Signed Note 10000

I

Notes 32 10000330 A Company J hQQQ PayableI

I

22802 98i

10900 2000 10000(1) (43) i (3) (40) I I (32)

Owner
Text Box
Our Professional Development Resources Center has material to enhance your career
Owner
Text Box
Our 28 Free Internet Libraries have academic and career materials for students teachers and professional
Owner
Text Box
Software Tutorial Internet Library has has material to help with many popular software programs
Owner
Text Box
Business Software Library has free accounting mathematics and statistics software